WO2008022467A1 - 2-substituted azain doles and 2 substituted thienopyrroles, their precursors and novel processes for the preparation thereof - Google Patents

2-substituted azain doles and 2 substituted thienopyrroles, their precursors and novel processes for the preparation thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008022467A1
WO2008022467A1 PCT/CA2007/001499 CA2007001499W WO2008022467A1 WO 2008022467 A1 WO2008022467 A1 WO 2008022467A1 CA 2007001499 W CA2007001499 W CA 2007001499W WO 2008022467 A1 WO2008022467 A1 WO 2008022467A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
formula
aryl
heteroaryl
compound
lower alkyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CA2007/001499
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Mark Lautens
Josephine Yuen
Yuanqing Fang
Original Assignee
Mark Lautens
Josephine Yuen
Yuanqing Fang
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Mark Lautens, Josephine Yuen, Yuanqing Fang filed Critical Mark Lautens
Publication of WO2008022467A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008022467A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/74Amino or imino radicals substituted by hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/89Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/26Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/30Hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/36Nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to processes for the chemical synthesis of azaindole and thienopyrrole compounds, in particular azaindole and thienopyrrole compounds that are substituted at the 2-position of the azaindole or thienopyrrole ring, and optionally at additional locations of the azaindole or thienopyrrole ring such as the 1- and/or 3-position, compounds prepared by such processes, and synthetic precursors of such processes.
  • the present invention relates to the preparation of 2- substituted azaindoles from an ortAo-g-e/n-dihalovinylaminopyridine or from an ortho- gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound and an organoboron reagent using a palladium metal pre-catalyst, base and a ligand.
  • the present invention also relates to the preparation of 2-substituted thienopyrroles from an ort/ ⁇ -gem-dihalovinylthiophene compound and an organoboron reagent using a palladium metal pre-catalyst, base and a ligand.
  • the present invention also relates to processes for the production of ortho-gem- dihalovmylammopyridines which are useful as starting materials in the production of 2- substituted azaindoles, and novel compounds prepared by the processes.
  • the present invention also relates to processes for the production of ortho-gem-dihalovinylthiophenes which are useful as starting materials in the production of 2-substituted thienopyrroles, and novel compounds prepared by the processes.
  • azaindole By replacing one of the benzo carbons with nitrogen, four possible isomeric forms of azaindole ' result (see formulae below). Since they are bioisosteric structures of indoles, azaindoles enjoy great attention in designing pharmaceutically important agents. Even though naturally occurring azaindoles are rare, their presence in biologically active compounds is widespread in recent patents and publications, as discussed below.
  • Azaindole compounds have been used as tubulin ⁇ inhibitory, antimitotic agents for potential cancer treatment (Mahboobi, S.; Pongratz, H.; Hufsky, H.; Hockemeyer, J.; 5 Frieser, M.; Lyssenko, A.; Paper, D. H.; Buergermeister, J.; Boehmer, F.-D.; Fiebig, H.- H.; Burger, A. M.; Baasner, S.; Beckers, T. J. Med. Chem. 2001, 44, 4535).
  • Azaindole compounds have also been used as selective potent Dopamine D 4 antagonists as potential anti-psychotic agents (Curtis, N. R.; Kulagowski, J. J.; Leeson, P. D.; Ridgill, M. P.; Emms, F.; Freedman, S. B.; Patel, S.; Patel, S. Bioor. Med. Chem. Lett. 10 1999, 9, 585).
  • Azaindoles have been used as Transforming Growth Factor (TGF)- ⁇ l antagonists for the potential treatment of pulmonary fibrosis, scleroderma, systemic scleroderma, and nephritis (Maruyama, Y.; Hirabayashi, K.; Hori, K. In. PCT Int. AppL; (Nippon Shinyaku Co., Ltd., Japan) WO 03037862, 2003; Jinnin, M.; Ihn, H.; Tamaki, K. MoI. Pharmacol. 15 2006, 69, 597).
  • TGF Transforming Growth Factor
  • Azaindole compounds have been used as antithrombotics and anticoagulants (Bastian, J. A.; Fisher, M. J.; Harper, R. W.; Lin, H.-S.; McCowan, J. R.; Sail, D. J.; Smith, G. F.; Takeuchi, K.; Wiley, M. R.; Zhang, M. In Eur. Pat. AppL; (Eli Lilly, USA). EP 997465, 2000).
  • Azaindole compounds have also been utilized as NKl receptor antagonists for potential treatment of migraine, cystitis, asthma, depression and cytotoxininduced emesis (Cooper, L. C; Chicchi, G. G.; Dinnell, K.; Elliott, J. M.; Hollingworth, G. J.; Kurtz, M. M.; Locker, K. L.; Morrison, D.; Shaw, D. E.; Tsao, K. L.; Watt, A. P.; Williams, A. R.; Swain, C. J. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2001, 11, 1233).
  • Azaindole compounds have been used as CB1/CB2 receptor agonists in pain management (Wei, Z.; Dolaine, R.; Walpole, C; Yang, H. In PCT Int. Appl; (Astrazeneca Ab, Swed.). WO 04087704, 2004.)
  • Azaindole compounds have also been used as ITK kinase inhibitors (Aadal Nielsen, P.; 5 Brimert, T.; Kristoffersson, A.; Linnanen, T.; Sjoe, P. hi PCT Int. Appl; (Astrazeneca AB, Swed.). WO 04016609, 2004. Aadal Nielsen, P.; Brimert, T.; Kristoffersson, A.; Linnanen, T.; Sjoe, P. In PCT Int. Appl; (Astrazeneca AB, Swed.). WO 04016610, 2004.)
  • Azaindole compounds have also found utility as potent inhibitors of the MAP kinase p38, which can be used as new methods of treatment for inflammatory diseases such as 10 rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease (Henry, J. R.; Rupert, K. C; Dodd,
  • Azaindole compounds have also been used as p38 kinase ⁇ inhibitors (Mavunkel, B. J.; Perumattam, J. J.; Lu, Q.; Dugar, S.; Goyal, B.; Wang, D. X.; Chakravarty, S.; Luedtke, G. R.; Nashashibi, L; Tester, R.; Tan, X. In U.S. Pat. Appl Publ; (USA). US 05288299, 20 2005).
  • azaindole compounds have been used as the antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone (GnRH) for the treatment and the prevention of disturbances of calcium, phosphate and bone metabolism (Walsh, T. F.; Ujjainwalla, F.; Goulet, M. T.; Bugianesi, R. L. In PCT Int. Appl; (Merck & Co., Inc., USA).
  • GnRH gonadotropin releasing hormone
  • Azaindoles have been used as as endothelin receptor antagonists (Elliott, J. D.; Leber, J. D. In PCT Int. AppL; (SmithKline Beecham Corp., USA). WO 9533748, 1995)
  • Azaindoles have also been used as c-Jun N-terminal kinases (JNKs) inhibitors for the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders (Graczyk, P.; Khan, A.; Bhatia, G.; Iimura, Y. In PCT Int. AppL; (Eisai London Research Laboratories Limited, UK). WO 04078756, 2004).
  • JNKs c-Jun N-terminal kinases
  • Azaindole compounds have been used as G-protein-coupled chemoattractant receptor (CRTh2) receptor antagonists for treatment of an inflammatory or allergic condition (BaIa, K.; Leblanc, C; Sandham, D. A.; Turner, K. L.; Watson, S. J.; Brown, L. N.; Cox, B. In PCT Int. AppL; (Novartis AG, Switz.; Novartis Pharma GmbH). WO 05123731, 2005).
  • azaindole compounds have been used as Janus kinase 3 (JAK3 kinase) inhibitors for potential treatment of T-cell proliferative disorders such as transplant rejection and autoimmune diseases (David, L.; Hansen, P. In PCT Int. AppL; (Astrazeneca AB, Swed.). WO 04099205, 2004).
  • Azaindoles have been used as inhibitors of glycogen phosphorylase and are useful in the prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of diabetes, hyperglycemia, hypercholesterolemia, hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, atherosclerosis or tissue ischemia e.g. myocardial ischemia, or as cardioprotectants or inhibitors of abnormal cell growth (Bradley, S. E.; Krulle, T. M.; Murray, P. J.; Procter, M. J.; Rowley, R. J.; Sambrook Smith, C. P.; Thomas, G. H. In PCT Int. AppL; (Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc., USA; Schofield, Karen Lesley). WO 04104001, 2004).
  • Azaindole compounds have also been used as MTP ApoB inhibitors, which are useful for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia, hyperlipidemia (Guevel, A. C; Vidal, C; Roux, B.; Chevreuil, O. In PCT Int. AppL; (Merck Patent GmbH, Germany). WO 06010423, 2006). Azaindole compounds have also been used as protein kinase inhibitors and antiproliferative agents, particularly for tumor treatment (Wentzler, S.; El Ahmad, Y.; Filoche Romme, B.; Nemecek, C; Venot, C. In Fr. Demande; (Aventis Pharma S.
  • Thienopyrrole compounds have been used as sPLA2 inhibitors, which may be useful for inflammatory disease treatment (Beight, D. W.; Morin, J. M.; Sawyer, J. S.; Smith, E. C. R. (Eli Lilly & Company, USA) WO 2002012249, 2002).
  • Thienopyrrole compounds have also been used as potent non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents for pain management (Kumar, P. R.; Raju, S.; Goud, P. S.; Sailaja, M.; Sarma, M. R.; Reddy, G. O.; Kumar, M. P.; Reddy, V. V. R. M. K.; Suresh, T.; Hegde, P. Bioorg. Med. Chem. 2004, 12, 1221).
  • Thienopyrrole compounds have been used as MCP-I inhibitors, which may be useful for anti-inflammatory agents and immunomodulators (Barker, A. J.; Kettle, J. G.; Faull, A. W.; (Zeneca Ltd, UK) WO 9940914, 1999).
  • thienopyrrole compounds have been used as inhibitors of glycogen phosphorylase, which are useful for treatment of type-II diabetes (Birch, A. M.; Morley, A. D.; Stacker, A.; Whittamore, P. R. O. (Astrazeneca) WO 2003074532, 2003).
  • Thienopyrrole compounds have also found utility as antiviral agents in particular against hepatitis C. (Attenni, B.; Hernando, J. I. M.; Malancona, S. N. F.; Ontoria Ontoria, J. M.; Rowley, M. (Istituto di Ricerche di Biologia Molecolare P Angeletti S.p.A., Italy) WO 2005023819, 2005).
  • Fischer indole synthesis is the most commonly used method in indole synthesis, however, it fails to give the corresponding azaindoles due to the deactivating effect of the pyridine ring (Molina, A.; Vaquero, J. J.; Garcia-Navio, J. L.; Alvarez-Builla, J.; Pascual-Teresa, B.; Gago, F.; Rodrigo, M. M.; Ballesteros, M. J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 5587).
  • Madelung-type cyclization is very commonly used in azaindole synthesis from picolines in moderate yields (Scheme 1) (Fisher, M. H.; Schwartzkopf, G., Jr.; Hoff, D. R. J. Med. Chem. 1972, 15, 1168). Another drawback is that the reaction suffers from harsh reaction conditions (NaOH, 250-300 °C). Therefore, the product cannot bear any sensitive functionalities (Hands, D.; Bishop, B.; Cameron, M.; Edwards, J. S.; Cottrell, I. F.; Wright, S. H. B. Synthesis, 1996, 877).
  • a modified Madelung-type cyclization by Lorenz uses slightly milder conditions (200 0 C instead of 300 °C) to give 7-azaindoles in good yield (Lorenz, R. R.; Tullar, B. F.; Koelsch, G. F.; Archer, S. J. Org. Chem. 1965, 30, 2531).
  • R OMe, Cl, 0-2-F-Ph
  • cyclization of a reactive nitrene intermediate generated from nitro reduction or thermo decomposition of azide provided 5- or 6-azaindoles in low yield (Scheme 4) (Fisher, M. H.; Schwartzkopf, G., Jr.; Hoff, D. R. J. Med. Chem. 1972, 15, 1168).
  • an iodoaminopyridine was treated with an enolate under UV irradiation to result in a ketone, which cyclized to give corresponding 5-, 6-, or 7- azaindoles (Scheme 5) (Estel, L.; Marsais, F.; Queguiner, G. J. Org. Chem. 1988, 53, 10 2740).
  • R 1 Me, ffiu
  • an ort/jo-alkynylaminopyridine cyclized under various conditions.
  • Examples of such conditions include KH or KOt-Bu in NMP (4- or 7- azaindoles 15 (Scheme 6): Koradin, C; Dohle, W.; Rodriguez, A. L.; Schmid, B.; Knochel, P.
  • R 1 H 1 Me, CO 2 Me, Cl, CF 3 47-77%
  • R 2 , R 3 alkyl, H, CONEt 2 , CO 2 H
  • thienopyrroles are also similar to those of indoles, however, they also suffer from low yields, limited reaction scope, and low accessibility of the starting materials. Again, thienopyrroles are not accessible through Fischer indole synthesis approach.
  • One of the most commonly used approaches is the condensation of an ort/zo-methoxycarbonylmethylamino thiophenecarboxyaldehydes under basic conditions (Scheme 11) (Soth, S.; Farmer, M.; Paulmier, C. Can. J. Chem. 1978, 56, 1429). Scheme 11 CO 2 Et
  • thienopyrroles were synthesized using Reissert-type reductive condensation of ⁇ rt/z ⁇ -nitrothienyl pyruvate using SnCl 2 2H 2 O (Scheme 12).
  • the yield is low and only thienopyrrole carboxylic esters are accessible (Gale, W. W.; Scott, A. N.; Snyder, H. R. J. Org. Chem. 1964, 29, 2160).
  • thienopyrroles were synthesized via thiocyanation of pyrrole, followed by alkylation with bromoacetic acid, electrophilic aromatic substitution cyclization, and reduction (Scheme 13) (Matteson, D. S.; Snyder, H. R. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1957, 79, 3610).
  • thienopyrroles were synthesized via cyclization insertion reaction of suitable nitrene species into the C-H bond either from reduction of ortho- nitrostyrylthiophene (Scheme 14) (Srinivasan, K.; Srinivasan, K. G.; Balasubramanian, K. K.; Swaminathan, S. Synthesis 1973, No. 5, 313), or thermo-decomposition of azidovinylthiophene (Hemetsberger, H.; Knittel, D. Monatsh. Chem. 1972, 103, 194), or photo-decomposition of ⁇ rt/jo-azidovinylthiophene (Gairns, R. S.; Moody, C. J.; Rees, C. W. J. Chem. Soc, Chem. Commun. 1985, 1818).
  • thienopyrroles were synthesized via an intramolecular Heck reaction of an ort ⁇ o-iodo-TV-allylaminothiophene (Scheme 15) (Wensbo, D.; Annby, U.; Gronowitz, S. Tetrahedron 1995, 51, 10323).
  • thienopyrroles were synthesized from 3-(thieno-2-yl)-3-oxo-2- diazopropanoates via a Rh(II)-mediated Wolff rearrangement (Scheme 16). (Lee, D. J.; Kim, K.; Park, Y. J. Org. Lett. 2002, 4, 873).
  • Smad3 inhibitor SIS3 shown below, which can potentially be used for the treatment for systematic sclerosis or scleroderma (J ⁇ nnin, M.; Ihn, H.; Tamaki, K. MoI Pharmacol 2006, 69, 597 Maruyama, Y.; Hirabayashi, K.; Hori, K. (Nippon Shinyaku Co., Ltd., Japan) PCT Int. Appl. WO 2003037862 (2003) ).
  • KDR kinase inhibitor Another commercial application is the KDR kinase inhibitor, which is potentially useful for the treatment of cancer (Fraley, M. E.; Hartman, G. D.; Hungate, R. W. In PCT Int. Appl.; (Merck & Co., Inc., USA). WO 01062252, 2001).
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound selected from the group of azaindole isomers consisting of: 5-
  • 5UDGTiTUTE SHEET (RULE 26) azaindole, 6-azaindole, or 7-azaindole, wherein the 2-substituent comprises a R 4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, the process comprising reacting an ort/20-ge/n-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of the formula (II) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (II):
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane Of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R4;
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound selected from isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound, wherein the 2-substituent comprises a R 4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the thienopyrrole ring via a
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl
  • R 2 is alkoxycarbonyl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester OfR 4 , a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane OfR 4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR 4 ;
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound comprising within its structure a 2-substituted azaindole moiety of formula (I) selected from the group of azaindole isomers consisting of: 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7- azaindole,
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl and R 2 and R 3 are as defined above, with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane Of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative Of R 4 ;
  • R 2 of formula (II) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (I) wherein R 2 is H.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound comprising within its structure a 2-substituted thienopyrrole moiety of formula (III) including two isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the thienopyrrole ring:
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
  • R 2 is alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; the process comprising reacting an ⁇ rt/zo-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (FV) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (IV):
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl and R 2 and R 3 are as defined above:
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR 4 ;
  • R 2 of formula (IV) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (III) wherein R 2 is H.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (V) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of formula (V); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl
  • R 2 and R 3 are as defined above, with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of Rj, a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R» and a 9-BBN derivative OfR 4 ;
  • R 2 of formula (VI) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (V) wherein R 2 is H.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2- substituted thienopyrrole compound of formula (VII) selected from isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the 2-susbstituted thienopyrrole compound
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of formula (VII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 is alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R t is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein Rj is bonded to the 2-position of the thienopyrrole ring via a C-C bond;
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl
  • R 2 and R 3 are as defined above,
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of Rj, a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of Rj, a trialkylborane of R» and a 9-BBN derivative of Rj;
  • the invention provides, a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole, or 7-azaindole, wherein the 2-substituent comprises a R 4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, the process comprising reacting an ortAo-gew-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring of the formula (X) that are marked with an asterisk:
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R», a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R 4 ;
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound comprising within its structure a 2-substituted azaindole moiety of formula (IX) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5- azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole,
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl, and R 2 and R 3 are as defined above,
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R 4 ;
  • R 2 of formula (X) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (IX) wherein R 2 is H.
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl
  • Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the indole ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride Of R 4 , a trialkylborane OfR 4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR 4 ;
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (XI) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5 -azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring of formula (XI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
  • Halo comprises bromo or chloro
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R», a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R 4 ; in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (XI).
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R», a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R 4 ; in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (XI).
  • R 2 of formula (XII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (XI) wherein R 2 is H.
  • the invention provides a process for the palladium-catalyzed tandem intramolecular C-N bond formation and intermolecular C-C bond formation between an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) whereby the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and
  • Halo comprises chloro, or bromo
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride Of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR 4 , and wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl,
  • the process comprising reacting the ortho-gem-dihalovinylammopyridine compound of formula (VI) with the organoboron reagent in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to afford the tandem C-N and C-C bond formation between the ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) and the organoboron reagent to afford the 2-substituted azaindole of formula (V).
  • R 2 of formula (VI) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (V) wherein R 2 is H.
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of formula (VIII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 is alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and
  • Halo comprises chloro, or bromo
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R», a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride Of R 4 , a trialkylborane of Rj and a 9-BBN derivative of R 4 , and wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2- position of the thienopyrrole ring via a C-C bond, for the preparation of a 2-substituted thienopyrrole of formula (VII) including isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VII):
  • the process comprising reacting the ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) with the organoboron reagent in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to afford the tandem C-N and C-C bond formation between the ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) and the organoboron reagent to afford the 2-substituted thienopyrrole of formula (VII).
  • R 2 of formula (VIII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (VII) wherein R 2 is H.
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, lower alkenyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring of formula (XII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and
  • Halo comprises chloro, or bromo
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR 4 , and wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2- position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole of formula (XI) comprising isomeric forms wherein the N-oxide occupies any one of the A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-positions in formula (XI):
  • the process comprising reacting the ortho-ger ⁇ -dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) with the organoboron reagent in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to afford the tandem C-N and C-C bond formation between the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) and the organoboron reagent to afford the 2-substituted azaindole of formula (XI).
  • R 2 of formula (XII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is 5 partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (XI) wherein R 2 is H.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho-gem- dihalogen vinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula 10 (VI):
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 15 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R 3 is H, CF 3 , or alkynyl optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, R 2 is H and Halo is bromo, said process comprising the steps of:
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (XVI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R 3 is H, CF 3 or alkynyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents; R 2 is H, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, aryl or aryl-lower alkyl; R 5 is H, alkyl or alkoxycarbonyl, with the proviso that both R 2 and R 5 are not H; and Halo is bromo, said process comprising the
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the thiophene ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of Formula (VIII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R 3 is H, CF 3> or alkynyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents; R 2 is alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo is bromo, said process comprising the steps of:
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (XVI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions;
  • R 2 is H, alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents;
  • R 5 is H, alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents, with the proviso that both R
  • Ri, R 2 , R 3 and R 5 are as defined above, with 2 or more equivalents of CHCl 3 and PPh 3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu, wherein said equivalents are relative to formula (XVII), under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortho-gem- dichloro vinyl compound of formula (XVI), wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVI):
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the thiophene ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of Formula
  • the invention also provides novel 2-substituted azaindoles or salts thereof selected from the group consisting of:
  • novel 2-substituted azaindoles and their salts when prepared by a process of the present invention.
  • the invention also provides novel 2-substituted thienopyrroles or salts thereof selected from the group consisting of:
  • novel 2-substituted thienopyrroles and their salts when prepared by a process of the present invention.
  • the invention also provides novel ort/z ⁇ -gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds or salts thereof selected from the group consisting of:
  • the invention provides novel ort/z ⁇ -gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds or salts thereof selected from the group consisting of:
  • Novel ort ⁇ -gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds and novel ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds when prepared by a process of the present invention are likewise encompassed within the present invention.
  • Such compounds are useful in the preparation of 2-substituted azaindoles and 2-substituted thienopyrroles as described herein.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of N- arylaminopyridine compounds of formula (VI) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the pyridine ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl;
  • R 2 comprises aryl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (VI); all
  • Halo, R 1 , R 3 are as defined above, with an organoboron reagent comprising a
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to
  • R 2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
  • the invention provides a process for the deprotection of the N- alkoxycarbonyl thienopyrrole compounds of formula (VII) where the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the aromatic ring:
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 comprises H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of the Smad3 inhibitor SIS3 of formula (XX):
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of the azaindole of formula (XXIII):
  • R 2 is alkyl and R 4 is aryl or alkenyl, the process comprising reacting a gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine of formula (XXIV):
  • R 2 is as defined above and Halo comprises of Br or Cl, with a boronic acid of the formula (HO) 2 B-aryl or (HO) 2 B-alkenyl, in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the azaindole compound.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of the azaindole of formula (XXV):
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, aryl, heteroaryl- lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions, and Re comprises lower alkyl; the process comprising reacting the gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine of formula (XXVI):
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
  • each of the one or more Ri substituents is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, loweralkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R 2 is H, R 3 is H, alkyl, or alkynyl optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo comprises chloro, said process comprising the steps of: (a) reacting a nitropyridinecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIV) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk
  • Ri and R 3 are as defined above for formula (VI), with 2 or more equivalents of CHCl 3 and PPh 3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu under conditions effective to generate in situ the ort/zo-gem-dichlorovinyl compound of formula (XV)
  • the present invention provides novel, versatile and efficient processes and conditions for the palladium-catalyzed chemical synthesis of a variety of 2-substituted azaindole and thienopyrrole compounds, including 1 ,2-disubstituted, and 1,2,3-trisubstituted azaindoles and 1 ,2-disubstituted thienopyrroles, from inexpensive starting materials that can be easily prepared in large quantities.
  • the palladium metal pre-catalyst loadings useful in the present invention are low, in some embodiments about 3%, and the processes typically afford yields of 2-substituted azaindoles and 2-substituted thienopyrroles in about the 70-90% range.
  • the novel process can allow for the rapid access and the ease of production of diversified azaindoles and thienopyrroles, and their analogs and their derivatives.
  • the processes of the present invention further provide reaction conditions, and starting materials which are precursors for the preparation of 2-substituted azaindoles and 2- substituted thienopyrroles, as well as novel processes and conditions for the preparation of the precursor materials.
  • the present invention further provides a highly modular method for palladium-catalyzed tandem carbon-nitrogen/carbon-carbon bond formation between an ort/zo-gemdihalogen substituted vinylaminopyridine compound with an organoboron reagent in the presence of a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand to afford 2-substituted azaindole compounds.
  • the present invention further provides a highly modular method for palladium-catalyzed tandem carbon-nitrogen/carbon-carbon bond formation between an ort/z ⁇ -gemdihalogen substituted vinylaminothiophene compound with an organoboron reagent in the presence of a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand to afford 2-substituted thienopyrrole compounds.
  • the present invention also provides novel 2-substituted azaindole compounds prepared by the novel processes of the present invention as well as novel ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine derivatives for the production of 2-substituted azaindoles.
  • the present invention also provides novel 2-substituted thienopyrrole compounds prepared by the novel processes of the present invention as well as novel ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene derivatives for the production of 2-substituted thienopyrroles.
  • the present invention further provides novel methods for the copper-mediated C-N coupling of anilines and arylboronic acids to prepare N-aryl-ortho-gem- dihalovinylaniline compounds that are useful as intermediates in the processes of the present invention for the preparation of 2-substituted indoles.
  • the present invention further provides novel methods for the preparation of ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds as intermediates in the processes of the present invention for the preparation of 2-substituted azaindoles.
  • the present invention further provides novel methods for the preparation of ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds as intermediates in the processes of the present invention for the preparation of 2-substituted thienopyrroles.
  • the present invention further provides a novel method for the synthesis of the 2,3- disubstitued azaindole, an Smad3 inhibitor SIS3, which can be used for the treatment of sclerosis or scleroderma.
  • the present invention provides methods for the synthesis of gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxides from the corresponding gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine.
  • the present invention also provides methods for the deprotection of an N-oxide group from an azaindole N-oxide to give the azaindole.
  • the present invention provides methods for the removal of an alkoxycarbonyl group from an N-alkoxycarbonyl substituted azaindole to give N-H azaindoles.
  • the present invention further provides a novel method for the synthesis of the KDR kinase inhibitor 3-(lH-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-2-yl)-lH-quinolin-2-one which is potentially useful for the treatment of cancer.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound selected from the group of azaindole isomers consisting of: 5 -azaindole, 6-azaindole, or 7-azaindole, wherein the 2-substituent comprises a R 4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, the process comprising reacting an or/ ⁇ o-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of the formula (II) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (II):
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R 4 ;
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2- substituted thienopyrrole compound selected from isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound, wherein the 2- substituent comprises a R 4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the thienopyrrole ring via a C-C bond, the process comprising reacting an ⁇ rt/z ⁇ -ger ⁇ -dihalovinylthiophene compound of the formula (IV) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk:
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl
  • R 2 is alkoxycarbonyl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride Of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R t and a 9-BBN derivative of R 4 ;
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound comprising within its structure a 2-substituted azaindole moiety of formula (I) selected from the group of azaindole isomers consisting of: 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole,
  • Rj is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
  • R. 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl and R 2 and R 3 are as defined above,
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R», a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R 4 ;
  • R 2 of formula (II) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (I) wherein R 2 is H.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound comprising within its structure a 2-substituted thienopyrrole moiety of formula (III) including two isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the thienopyrrole ring:
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
  • R 2 is alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; the process comprising reacting an ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (IV) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (IV):
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl and R 2 and R 3 are as defined above:
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid Of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride Of R 4 , a trialkylborane OfR 4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR 4 ;
  • R 2 of formula (IV) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (III) wherein R 2 is H.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2- substituted azaindole compound including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5 -azaindole, 6-azaindole, or 7-azaindole, wherein the 2- substituent comprises a R 4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, the process comprising reacting an ort ⁇ o-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring of the formula (X) that are marked with an asterisk:
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester OfR 4 , a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R» and a 9-BBN derivative of R 4 ;
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound comprising within its structure a 2-substituted azaindole moiety of formula (IX) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5- azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole,
  • R is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl, and R 2 and R 3 are as defined above,
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R», a boronic acid Of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR 4 ;
  • R 2 of formula (X) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (IX) wherein R 2 is H.
  • suitable substituent as used in the context of the present invention is meant to include independently H; hydroxyl; cyano; alkyl, such as lower alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, hexyl and the like; alkoxy, such as lower alkoxy such as methoxy, ethoxy, and the like; aryloxy, such as phenoxy and the like; vinyl; alkenyl, such as hexenyl and the like; alkynyl; formyl; haloalkyl, such as lower haloalkyl which includes CF 3 , CCl 3 and the like; halide; aryl, such as phenyl and napthyl; heteroaryl, such as thienyl and furanyl and the like; amide such as C(O)N(CH 3 ) 2 and the like; acyl, such as C(O)-C 6 H 5 ,
  • lower alkyl as used herein either alone or in combination with another substituent means acyclic, straight or branched chain alkyl substituent containing from one to six carbons and includes for example, methyl, ethyl, 1-methylethyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, and the like.
  • lower alkoxy as used herein includes methoxy, ethoxy, t-butoxy.
  • alkyl encompasses lower alkyl and also includes acyclic, straight or branched chain alkyl groups having more than 6 carbons atoms, such as, for example, acyclic straight or branched chain alkyl substituents having 7-10 carbon atoms.
  • haloalkyl represents straight chain or branched chain alkyl, of which at least one hydrogen is substituted with halogen.
  • 1° alkyl As used by a person of skill in the art to mean an alkyl substituent wherein the carbon atom at the point of attachment is bonded to 1, 2, and 3 other carbon atoms, respectively.
  • aryl as used herein, either alone or in combination with another substituent, means an aromatic monocyclic system containing 6 carbon atoms or a polycyclic aromatic system, such as an aromatic bicyclic system containing 10 carbon atoms.
  • aryl includes a phenyl or a naphthyl ring.
  • heteroaryl as used herein, either alone or in combination with another substituent means a 5, 6, or 7-membered unsaturated heterocycle containing from one to 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulphur and which form an aromatic system.
  • heteroaryl also includes a polycyclic aromatic system comprising a 5, 6, or 7-membered unsaturated heterocycle containing from one to 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulphur.
  • cycloalkyl as used herein, either alone or in combination with another substituent, means a cycloalkyl substituent that includes for example, but is not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.
  • cycloalkyl-alkyl- as used herein means an alkyl radical to which a cycloalkyl radical is directly linked; and includes, but is not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, 1-cyclopentylethyl, 2-cyclopentyl ethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 1-cyclohexylethyl and 2-cyclohexylethyl.
  • alkyl term is to be understood for aryl-alkyl-, heteroaryl-alkyl-, and the like as used herein.
  • aryl-alkyl- means an alkyl radical, to which an aryl is bonded.
  • aryl-alkyl- include, but are not limited to, benzyl (phenylmethyl),
  • heterocycle either alone or in combination with another radical, means a monovalent radical derived by removal of a hydrogen from a three- to seven-membered saturated or unsaturated (including aromatic) heterocycle containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • heterocycles include, but are not limited to, azetidine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiazolidine, pyrrole, thiophene, hydantoin, diazepine, imidazole, isoxazole, thiazole, tetrazole, piperidine, piperazine, homopiperidine, homopiperazine, 1,4-dioxane, 4-morpholine, 4-thiomorpholine, pyridine, pyridine-N-oxide or pyrimidine, and the like.
  • alkenyl as used herein, either alone or in combination with another radical, encompasses "lower alkenyl” and is intended to mean an unsaturated, acyclic straight chain radical containing two or more carbon atoms, at least two of which are bonded to each other by a double bond.
  • examples of such radicals include, but are not limited to, ethenyl (vinyl), 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, and 1-butenyl.
  • alkynyl encompasses "lower alkynyl” and is intended to mean an unsaturated, acyclic straight chain radical containing two or more carbon atoms, at least two of which are bonded to each other by a triple bond.
  • examples of such radicals include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, and 1-butynyl.
  • aryloxy as used herein alone or in combination with another radical means -O-aryl, wherein aryl is defined as noted above.
  • alkoxycarbonyl as used herein means the radical -C(O)OR wherein R is alkyl (such as t-butyl) or aryl-lower alkyl- (such as benzyl).
  • lower alkylcarbonyl as used herein means the radical -C(O)R wherein R is lower alkyl.
  • heteroatom means O, S or N.
  • the 2-substituted azaindole compound may bear additional substituents at various position of the azaindole ring, and it is to be understood that, in the context of the present invention, the term 2-substituted azaindoles is meant to include azaindoles that may include additional substituents at other positions in the structure.
  • the present invention provides 2-substituted azaindoles that also have a substituent at the 3 -position of the azaindole ring.
  • the present invention provides 2-substituted azaindoles that also bear a substituent at the 1- position of the azaindole ring.
  • the 2-substituted azaindoles additionally contain a substituent designated Ri.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (V) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 5-azaindole, 6- azaindole and 7-azaindole
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of formula (V); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl
  • R 2 and R 3 are as defined above,
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R», a trialkylborane of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R4;
  • R 2 of formula (VI) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (V) wherein R 2 is H.
  • the invention provides a process for the palladium-catalyzed tandem intramolecular C-N bond formation and intermolecular C-C bond formation between an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) whereby the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
  • each of the one or more R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and
  • Halo comprises chloro, or bromo
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane OfR 4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR 4 , and wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2- position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole of formula (V) including the isomers: 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole
  • the process comprising reacting the ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) with the organoboron reagent in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to afford the tandem C-N and C-C bond formation between the ortho-ge/w-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) and the organoboron reagent to afford the 2-substituted azaindole of formula (V).
  • R 2 of formula (VI) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (V) wherein R 2 is H.
  • the 2-substituted azaindole N-oxide compound may bear additional substituents at various position of the azaindole ring, and it is to be understood that, in the context of the present invention, the term 2-substituted azaindoles is meant to include azaindoles that may include additional substituents at other positions in the structure. In one embodiment, the 2-substituted azaindoles additionally contain a substituent at the 1- position of the azaindole ring.
  • the 2-substituted azaindole N-oxides additionally contain a substituent designated Rj.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5-azaindole, 6- azaindole, or 7-azaindole, wherein the 2-substituent comprises a R 4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, the process comprising reacting an ort ⁇ o-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XII):
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl
  • Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring of formula (XII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R 4 ;
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2- substituted azaindole compound of formula (XI) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring of formula (XI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
  • Halo comprises bromo or chloro
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R 4 ;
  • R 2 of formula (XII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (XI) wherein R 2 is H.
  • the invention provides a process for the palladium-catalyzed tandem intramolecular C-N bond formation and intermolecular C-C bond formation between an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) including isomers wherein the N-oxide occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XII):
  • each of the one or more R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring of formula (XII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and
  • Halo comprises chloro, or bromo
  • an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid Of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of Rj, a trialkylborane of Rj and a 9-BBN derivative of R 4 , and wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2- position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole of formula (XI) comprising isomeric forms wherein the N-oxide occupies any one of the A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-positions in formula (XI):
  • R 2 of formula (XII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (XI) wherein R 2 is H.
  • the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound may bear additional substituents at various position of the thienopyrrole ring, and it is to be understood that, in the context of the present invention, the term 2-substituted thienopyrroles is meant to include thienopyrroles that may include additional substituents at other positions in the structure. In one embodiment, the 2-substituted thienopyrroles additionally contain a substituent 1- position of the thienopyrrole ring.
  • the 2-substituted thienopyrroles additionally contain a substituent designated Ri.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound of formula (VII) selected from isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of formula (VII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 is alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2-position of the thienopyrrole ring via a C-C bond;
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl
  • R 2 and R 3 are as defined above,
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid Of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR 4 ; in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound of formula (VII).
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R 4 , a boronic acid Of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride of R 4 , a trialkylborane of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR 4 ; in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound
  • R 2 of formula (VIII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (VII) wherein R 2 is H.
  • the invention provides a process for the palladium-catalyzed tandem intramolecular C-N bond formation and intermolecular C-C bond formation between an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
  • each of the one or more R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of formula (VIII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 is alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and and Halo comprises chloro, or bromo;
  • organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid Of R 4 , a boronic acid anhydride Of R 4 , a trialkylborane Of R 4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR 4 , and wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2- position of the thienopyrrole ring via a C-C bond, for the preparation of a 2-substituted thienopyrrole of formula (VII) including isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VII):
  • Rj, R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined above,
  • the process comprising reacting the ortho-ge/w-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) with the organoboron reagent in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to afford the tandem C-N and C-C bond formation between the ortho-ger ⁇ -dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) and the organoboron reagent to afford the 2-substituted thienopyrrole of formula (VII).
  • R 2 of formula (VIII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz)
  • the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (VII) wherein R 2 is H.
  • halo of the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine starting material of formula (II) or formula (VI) comprises bromo or chloro.
  • halo of the ort/20-gew-dihalovinylaniline compound of formula (II) or formula (VI) comprises chloro.
  • R 2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, or benzyl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; or aryl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, for example optionally substituted phenyl; or R 2 comprises alkyl such as methyl or ethyl, or the like.
  • halo of the ort/*o-gem-dihalovinylthiophene starting material of formula (FV) or formula (VIII) comprises bromo or chloro.
  • halo of the ortAo-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (IV) or formula (VIII) comprises chloro.
  • R 2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents.
  • R 2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl and Halo of the ortho- gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine starting material of formula (II) or formula (VI) comprises chloro.
  • R 2 comprises alkyl and Halo of the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine starting material of formula (II) or formula (VI) comprises chloro.
  • R 2 comprises benzyl and Halo of the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine starting material of formula (II) or formula (VI) comprises chloro.
  • R 2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl and Halo of the ortho- gew-dihalovinylaminothiophene starting material of formula (IV) or formula (VIII) comprises chloro.
  • halo of the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide starting material of formula (X) or formula (XII) comprises bromo or chloro. In another embodiment, halo of the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (X) or formula (XII) comprises chloro.
  • R 2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, or benzyl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; or aryl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, for example optionally substituted phenyl; or R 2 comprises alkyl such as methyl or ethyl, or the like.
  • R 2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl and Halo of the ortho- ge/w-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide starting material of formula (X) or formula (XII) comprises chloro.
  • ortho-gem-dihalovinylaniline compounds of formula (II), (VI), (X), or (XII) or the ort ⁇ o-ger ⁇ -dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds of formula (IV) or (VIII) may be prepared by the novel processes of the present invention as are described and claimed below.
  • the ort ⁇ o-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene employed in the processes for the preparation of 2- substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrroles comprises ortho-gem- dibromovinylaminopyridine or ort/20-ger ⁇ -dibromovinylaminothiophene.
  • the organoboron reagent used in the processes of the invention comprises a reagent as follows:
  • the organoboron reagent comprises an organoboronic acid, such as phenylboronic acid, C 6 H 5 -B(OH) 2 , which is optionally further substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more substituents such as methyl, OMe, CF 3 , and the like
  • the organoboron reagent comprises an organoboronic ester, such as a cyclic catechol ester, pinacol ester or ethylene glycol and the like.
  • R 5 of the organoboron ester may be a simple alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl and the like.
  • the organoboron reagent can comprise a 9-BBN derivative, such as n-HexBBN, or a trialkylboron reagent, such as Et 3 B.
  • R 6 of the organoborane reagent maybe a cyclic or non-cyclic secondary alkyl group.
  • organoboron reagents are commercially available and methods for preparing organoboron reagents for use in the present invention are known to those skilled in the art.
  • a description of general synthetic techniques used for preparing such organoboron reagents is found in Miyaura, N.; Suzuki, A., Chem. Rev. 1995, 95, 2457-2483, and Suzuki, A. J. Organomet. Chem. 1999, 576, 147-168, the contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in this regard.
  • the palladium metal pre-catalyst used in the processes for preparing 2-substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrroles of the present invention is any one of Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , Pd 2 (dba) 3 , Pd(CH 3 CN) 2 Cl 2 , PdCl 2 , K 2 PdCl 4 , or Pd 2 (dba) 3 -HCCl 3 but is not limited to these pre-catalysts.
  • Palladium metal pre-catalysts are commercially available, and methods for preparing such palladium metal pre- catalysts are known to those skilled in the art.
  • the pre-catalyst comprises Pd(OAc) 2 and the organoboron reagent comprises a boronic acid of R 4 .
  • the pre-catalyst comprises Pd 2 (dba) 3
  • the organoboron reagent comprises a 9-BBN derivative OfR 4 .
  • the quantity of pre-catalyst which can be used can be any quantity which allows for the formation of the 2-substituted azaindole product or 2-substituted thienopyrrole product.
  • the pre-catalyst is present in an amount of about 3 mole percent to about 6 mole percent relative to the ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound or ort/z ⁇ -gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound used in the reaction, hi another embodiment, the pre-catalyst is present in an amount of about 5 mole percent relative to the ort/zo-gem-dihalovinylaniline compound or ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene used in the reaction.
  • Ligands for use in the present processes for the preparation of 2-substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrroles comprise a phosphorous-containing ligand or a nitrogen- containing carbenoid ligand, such as s-Phos, X-Phos, Dave-Phos, P(o-tol) 3 , PPh 3 , P(O- CF 3 -Ph) 3 , BINAP, tol-BINAP, dppm, dppe, dppp, dppb, dppf, Xanphos, BIPHEP, AsPh 3 , and
  • the preferred ligand is s-Phos. In another embodiment the preferred ligand is X-Phos. Methods for preparing such ligands are well known to those skilled in the art. A description of general synthetic techniques used for preparing such ligands is found in Jiro Tsuji, Palladium Reagents and Catalysts, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2004, the contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in this regard.
  • the quantity of ligand which can be used can be any quantity which allows for the formation of the 2-substituted azaindole or 2-substituted thienopyrrole.
  • the ligand is present in amount of about 6 mole % to about 10 mole % relative to the ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene compound used in the reaction.
  • the ligand is s-Phos and it is present in amount of about 6 mole % relative to the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine or ⁇ rt/20-ge/M-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound.
  • the ligand is s-Phos, used in combination with Pd(OAc) 2 as a pre- catalyst, and which are present in quantities of 6 mole % and 3 mole %, respectively.
  • the ratio of s-Phos and Pd ranges from 1.5-2.5:1.
  • the base comprises an organic base or an inorganic base, such as a metal carbonate, a metal hydroxide, a metal alkoxide, a metal phosphate or a trialkylamine, and the like, hi one embodiment, the base comprises K 2 CO 3 , Na 2 CO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 , NaOH, K 3 PO 4 -H 2 O, KOtBu or NEt 3 , or combinations thereof. In another embodiment, the base comprises K 3 PO 4 -H 2 O.
  • the base K 3 PO 4 -H 2 O is used in combination with s-Phos as the ligand and Pd(OAc) 2 as a pre-catalyst.
  • the quantity of the base which is used can be any quantity which allows for the formation of the 2-substituted azaindole compound or 2-substituted thienopyrrole.
  • the base is present in about 5 equivalents relative to the ort ⁇ o-gew-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene starting material. In another embodiment, the base is present in about 3 equivalents relative to the ort ⁇ o-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene starting material. In another embodiment, the base is KaPO 4 with KOH and is present in about 1.5 equiv. Of KsPO 4 and 1.5 equiv. of KOH relative to the ort/zo-ge/M-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene starting material.
  • Any solvent may be used in the processes of the present invention for the formation of 2- substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrroles provided that it does not interfere with the formation of the 2-substituted azaindole or 2-substituted thienopyrrole product. Both protic and aprotic and combinations thereof are acceptable.
  • a suitable solvent includes but is not limited to toluene, dioxane, benzene, THF, and the like.
  • the reagents may be mixed together or added together in any order for the preparation of 2-substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrroles.
  • Air can be removed from the reaction vessel during the course of the reaction and the solvent and reaction mixtures can be purged with a non-reactive gas.
  • the process conditions for the preparation of 2-substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrroles can be any operable conditions which yield the desired 2-substituted azaindole or 2-substituted thienopyrrole product.
  • a preferred temperature for the processes for the production of 2-substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrrole is about 100 0 C, although this temperature can be higher or lower depending upon the reagents, reaction conditions and the solvent used. Typical reaction times are between 1 and 14 hours, although longer or shorter times may be used if necessary.
  • the 2-substituted azaindole or 2-substituted thienopyrrole product can be recovered by conventional methods known to those skilled in the art, for example crystallization and silica gel chromatography.
  • the yield of the product 2-substituted azaindole or 2- substituted thienopyrrole will vary depending upon the specific pre-catalyst, ligand, base, starting materials and process conditions used.
  • the 2-substituted azaindole or 2-substituted thienopyrrole is provided in a yield greater than 50%, preferably in a yield of greater than 70%, more preferably in a yield greater than 80%.
  • the s-Phos is present at about 6 mol %
  • Pd(OAc) 2 is present at about 3 mol %
  • the base comprises K 3 PO 4 -H 2 O and is present at about 5 equivalents
  • the solvent is toluene
  • the ort/jo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine comprises ortho-gem- dichlorovinylaminopyridine which is as described for Example 2a, Table 1
  • the organoboronic reagent comprises an organoboronic acid of structure R 4 -B(OH) 2
  • the yield is greater than 60%, preferably greater than 70%, more preferably greater than 80%.
  • the process may also include an additional step of cleavage of the alkoxycarbonyl group to afford a 2-substituted azaindole or 2-substituted thienopyrrole wherein R 2 is H.
  • Methods and reaction conditions for the cleavage of alkoxycarbonyl groups are known to those skilled in the art, for example, such as those disclosed in Theodora W.
  • a mixture of TFA and dichloromethane is used to effect removal of the alkoxycarbonyl group from an azaindole substrate.
  • HCl is used to afford cleavage of the alkoxycarbonyl group from an azaindole substrate.
  • NaOMe was used to effect removal of the alkoxycarbonyl group from a thienopyrrole substrate.
  • the process may also include an additional step of cleavage of the optionally substituted N-benzyl group to afford a 2-substituted azaindole wherein R 2 is H.
  • Methods and reaction conditions for the cleavage of benzyl groups are known to those skilled in the art, for example, such as those disclosed in Theodora W. Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley Interscience Publications, John Wiley & Sons, New York, copyright 1981), the details of which are incorporated herein by reference in this regard.
  • the present invention also provides novel processes for the chemical synthesis of the precursor ⁇ rt/j ⁇ -gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ortA ⁇ -gew-dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds which are exemplified in the Examples below, for use in the novel process for the chemical synthesis of 2-substituted azaindole compounds or 2-substituted thienopyrrole compounds.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho- ger ⁇ -dihalogen vinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho- gew-dihalogen vinylaminopyridine compound of formula (XVI), wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked with an asterisk in formula (XVI):
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula
  • R 3 is H, CF 3 or alkynyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents
  • R 2 is H, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, aryl or aryl-lower alkyl-
  • R 5 is H, alkyl or alkoxycarbonyl, with the proviso that both R 2 and R 5 are not H
  • Halo is bromo, said process comprising the steps of:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 5 are as defined above, and Halo is bromo.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ort/zo-gem-dihalovinylammopyridine compound of formula (XVI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVI):
  • each of the one or more R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fiuoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (XVI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions;
  • R 2 is H, alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents;
  • R 5 is H, alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents, with the proviso that
  • Ri, R 2 , R 3 and R 5 are as defined above, with 2 or more equivalents of CHCl 3 and PPh 3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu, wherein said equivalents are relative to formula (XVII), under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortho-gem- dichlorovinyl compound of formula (XVI), wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVI):
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho- gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the thiophene ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of Formula
  • R 3 is H, CF 3 , or alkynyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents
  • R 2 is alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo is bromo, said process comprising the steps of:
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ⁇ rt/20-ge/M-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the thiophene ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of Formula (VIII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R 2 is alkoxycarbonyl optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and R 3 is H, alkyl, or alkynyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo is chloro, said process comprising the steps of: reacting an aminothiophenecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIX)
  • Rj, R 2 , and R 3 are as defined above, with 2 or more equivalents of CHCl 3 and PPh 3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu, wherein said equivalents are relative to formula (XIX), under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortho-gem- dichloro vinyl compound of formula (VIII).
  • the ort/zo-gemdihalovinylaminopyridines were prepared from the corresponding protected ort/20-aminopyridinecarboxyaldehydes or pyridyl ketones, wherein R 3 is H, alkynyl or CF 3 .
  • the process involves the alkylation of an N-Boc- aminopyridinecarboxaldehyde using a modified procedure (Krein, D. M.; Lowary, T. L.
  • aminopyridine carboxaldehydes and ketones
  • aminothiophenecarboxaldehydes were prepared from the corresponding Boc or Piv-protected aminopyridines (2, 3, or 4-aminopyridines) or Boc or Piv protected aminothiophene by a directed lithiation followed by trapping the lithio species with DMF or N- formylpiperidine (aldehyde), or Weinreb amides (ketones) known to those skilled in the art (Schemes 19 and 20) (Venuti, M. C; Stephenson, R. A.; Alvarez, R.; Bruno, J. J.; Strosberg, A. M. J. Med. Chem. 1988, 31, 2136.
  • R 3 can be H, alkyl, haloalkyl but is not restricted to these substituents, R 2 is either Boc or Piv. Many of these aldehydes are also commercially available.
  • the gem-dichlorovinylaminopyridines were synthesized from the corresponding aldehyde or ketone by using the Wittig reagent, CCl 2 PPh 3 (Scheme 21) .
  • the CCl 2 PPh 3 reagent was conveniently prepared from the reaction of chloroform, triphenylphosphine, and KO'Bu HO'Bu (Speziale, A. J.; Ratts, K. W. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1962, 84, 854).
  • a modified procedure was used (Speziale, A. J.; Ratts, K. W.; Bissing, D. E. Org. Syn., Coll. Vol. 5, 361).
  • the /V-alkyl 2-amino-3-dichlorovinylpyridines can be prepared using a modified procedure in the literature (Rrein, D. M.; Lowary, T. L. J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 4965).
  • the BocNH group is alkylated and the Boc group can be deprotected under acidic conditions (Scheme 22).
  • N-substituted gem-dihalovinylaminopyridines and N-substituted gem- dihalovinylaminothiophenes prepared using the processes as herein described are illustrated in Table 1.
  • Any solvents may be used in the processes of the present invention for the formation of the starting material ort/zo-gemhalovinylaminopyridine or ortho- gemhalovinylaminothiophene compounds provided that they do not interfere with the formation of the desired ortho-gew-halovinylaminopyridine or ortho- gemhalovinylaminothiophene products. Both protic and aprotic and combinations thereof are acceptable.
  • Suitable solvents include but are not limited to dichloromethane and ethanol, ether, dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, THF and the like which are compatible with the reaction.
  • the ort/j ⁇ -gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds or ort/jo-gem-dihalovinyl- aminothiophene compounds can be recovered by conventional methods known to those skilled in the art, for example crystallization, silica gel chromatography, vacuum distillation and the like, where appropriate.
  • the yield of the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds or ortA ⁇ -ger ⁇ halovinylaminothiophene compounds will vary including depending upon the bases, starting materials and process conditions used.
  • the ort ⁇ o-gemdihalovinylaminopyridine or ortho- gemhalovinylaminothiophene is provided in a yield greater than about 40%.
  • the ort/?o-gem-dihalogenvinylaminopyridine compound or ortho- ge/nhalovinylaminothiophene compound is afforded in a yield of between about 40% and about 85% yield.
  • the process conditions for the preparation of the ort ⁇ o-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ort/z ⁇ -gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds from either their respective aldehydes or ketones can be any operable conditions which yield the desired the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine or ⁇ rt ⁇ o-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene products.
  • Preferred temperatures for the processes for the production of the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine or ort/j ⁇ -gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds are set out in the examples below, although temperatures can be higher or lower depending upon the reagents, reaction conditions and the solvent used. Typical reaction times are set out in the examples below, although longer or shorter times may be used if necessary.
  • ort/zo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ⁇ rt/? ⁇ -gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds can be recovered by conventional methods known to those skilled in the art, for example crystallization and silica gel chromatography.
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho- gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
  • each of the one or more Ri substituents is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R 2 is H, R 3 is H, alkyl, or alkynyl optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo comprises chloro, said process comprising the steps of: (a) reacting a nitropyridinecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIV) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk
  • Ri and R 3 are as defined above for formula (VI), with 2 or more equivalents of CHCl 3 and PPh 3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortAo-gem-dichlorovinyl compound of formula (XV)
  • the reducing agent is SnCl 2 2H 2 O (except where R 3 is alknyl).
  • Other appropriate reducing conditions are known to those of skill in the art, and include those disclosed in R.C. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformation (2 nd Ed), Wiley- VCH, New York, 1999, pp. 821-828, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in this regard.
  • ⁇ rt/zo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds can be prepared using the processes of the invention.
  • the invention provides a novel ortAo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound or a salt thereof selected from the group consisting of:
  • a number of ort/*o-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds can be prepared using the processes of the invention.
  • the invention provides a novel ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound or a salt thereof selected from the group consisting of:
  • the invention provides a process for the preparation of N- arylaminopyridine compounds of formula (VI) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the pyridine ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
  • Halo comprises Br or Cl
  • R 2 comprises aryl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-loweralkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or
  • R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (VI); all
  • Halo, Ri, R 3 are as defined above, with an organoboron reagent comprising a boronic acid, boronic acid anhydride or BF 3 " salt of R 2 , wherein R 2 is as defined above, in the presence of at least about 1.5 equivalent of a copper (II) catalyst relative to the compound of formula (VI), at least about 0.3 equivalents of a C 8 -C 20 fatty acid relative to the compound of formula (VI), molecular oxygen, and a non-nucleophilic base, at a reaction temperature of between about 40 0 C and 60 0 C, under conditions effective to form a C-N bond between formula (VI) and the R 2 group of the organoboron reagent, to afford the N-arylaniline compounds of formula (VI).
  • an organoboron reagent comprising a boronic acid, boronic acid anhydride or BF 3 " salt of R 2 , wherein R 2 is as defined above, in the presence of at least about 1.5 equivalent of a copper (I
  • the fatty acid comprises myristic acid.
  • the non-nucleophilic base comprises lutidine or collidine. This improved method is expected to afford arylation of sterically hindered aminopyridines, which can be challenging to achieve by conventional methods, in good yield with less copper (II) catalyst required than previously known in the art (Antilla et al., Organic Letters 2001, 3, 13, 2077-2079).
  • N-alkylated ⁇ rt/zo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds may also be prepared via reductive amination reactions, representative examples of which are illustrated in Scheme 24 below:
  • R 1 , R 3 , and X (halo) are as previously defined for Formula (VI) above.
  • the aldehyde/ketone substituents R 2 ' and R 2 " may independently be H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or other suitable substituents.
  • the reductive sources for such reactions include, but are not limited to, NaBH(OAc) 3 , NaBH 4 , Na(CN)BH 3 , and the like. Standard reductive amination reaction conditions are known to the person skilled in the art, and it is understood that conditions used to effect such reactions must be compatible with the functional groups present on the substrates.
  • the process conditions for the above embodiment can be any operable conditions which yield the desired iV-alkylated products (Richard C. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformation, Wiley VCH, New York, copyright 1999; Reddy, TJ. et al. Synlett, 2005, 583; Abdel-Magid, A. F. et al J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 3849; Bomann, M.D. et al. J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 5995).
  • 2-substituted azaindole compounds synthesized by reacting the gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine or gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide with an organoboron reagent in the presence of a palladium metal pre-catalyst, ligand, and base in a solvent are shown in Table 2.
  • Pd(OAc) 2 is used as the catalyst
  • S-Phos or X-Phos is used as the ligand
  • K 3 PO 4 -H 2 O is used as the base
  • toluene is used as the solvent, although the reaction is not restricted to the reagents listed above.
  • the S-Phos is present at about 6 mol %
  • Pd(OAc) 2 is present at about 3 mol %
  • the base comprises K 3 PO 4 -H 2 O and is present at about 5 equivalents
  • the solvent is toluene
  • the ort/zo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridines comprises [3-(2,2-dibromovinyl)pyridin-2-yl]methylamine which is as described for Example 2a
  • the organoboronic reagent comprises phenylboronic acid of structure R 4 -B(OH) 2
  • the yield is greater than 50%, preferably greater than 70%, more preferably greater than 80%.
  • the ligands L-I to L-4 are defined as follows:
  • an electron-rich, sterically hindered phosphine ligand, or N-heterocyclic carbene ligand are used known to those skilled in the art (for a review, see: Littke, A. F.; Fu, G. C. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. 2002, 41, 4176.).
  • An example of such preferred ligand family is Buchwald's biphenyl-type of ligands some of which are shown above (Buchwald, S. L.; Old, D. W.; Wolfe, J. P.; Palucki, M.; Kamikawa, K. In (Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA).
  • a preferred temperature for the processes for the production of 4, 5, 6, or 7-azaindoles is about 100 0 C, although this temperature can be higher or lower depending upon the reagents, reaction conditions and the solvent used. Typical reaction times are between 2 and 44 hours, although longer or shorter times may be used if necessary.
  • the 4, 5, 6, or 7-azaindoles product can be recovered by conventional methods known to those skilled in the art, for example crystallization and silica gel chromatography. The yield of the product azaindole will vary depending upon the specific pre-catalyst, ligand, base, starting materials and process conditions used. Typically, the azaindoles were in provided in a yield greater than 50%, preferably in a yield of greater than 70%, more preferably in a yield greater than 80%.
  • the halogen in the substrates can be either chloro or bromo, although chloro substrates are preferred as they typically give higher yields (Example 2a vs. Example 2b; and
  • Example 2e vs. Example 2f). Also, the method of preparing the chloro substrates are more highly yielding compared to bromo substrates starting from the same ortho-(t- butoxycarbamyl)pyridinecarboxaldehydes.
  • organoboron reagents comprised of electron-rich, electron-poor, sterically hindered aromatic, heteroaromatic, and alkenyl boronic acids are able to couple with the substrate to give the desired azaindoles.
  • a slight excess to the stoichiometric amount of boronic acid (1.2-1.5 equiv. depending on the substrate) is used since the parasitic homocoupling of the boronic acid consumes part of the boronic acid.
  • N-alkoxylcarbonylazaindoles can be easily removed to give lH-azaindoles under conventional methods analogous to N-alkoxylcarbonylindoles known to those skilled in the art (Greene, T. W. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley Interscience Publications, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1999).
  • the invention provides a process for the deprotection of the N-alkoxycarbonyl azaindoles of formula (V) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the pyridine ring marked by an asterisk in formula (V):
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of ⁇ , fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions, R 2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R 4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
  • 4-Oxy-4-azaindoles obtained from this process can be deoxygenated under the conditions known to those skilled in the art.
  • the invention provides a process for the removal of the N-oxide from a compound of formula (XI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the A-, 5-, 6-, or 7- positions in formula (XI):
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 comprises H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • Smad3 inhibitor SIS3 Another application of this method is the synthesis of a Smad3 inhibitor SIS3, which can potentially be used for the treatment for systematic sclerosis or scleroderma (Jinnin, M.; Ihn, H.; Tamaki, K. MoI Pharmacol 2006, 69, 597 Maruyama, Y.; Hirabayashi, K.; Hori, K. (Nippon Shinyaku Co., Ltd., Japan) PCT Int. Appl. WO 2003037862 (2003) ).
  • Such process starts from l-methyl-2-phenyl-7-azaindole, which was prepared efficiently from either [3-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-methylamine (example 11) or [3-(2,2- dibromovinyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-methylamine (example Ii) using the tandem coupling method.
  • Iodination at the 3-position of the azaindole using 7V-iodosuccimide (NIS) gave the iodoazaindole in excellent yield (95%).
  • azaindole compounds can be produced using the processes of the invention, hi one embodiment, the invention provides a novel 2-substituted azaindole or a salt thereof selected from the group consisting of:
  • thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole and thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole from the corresponding ortA ⁇ -NHBoc-gemdichlorovinylthiophenes can be performed in a similar way to the azaindoles.
  • the thienopyrrole products can be recovered by conventional methods known to those skilled in the art, for example crystallization and silica gel chromatography. The yield of the thienopyrrole product will vary depending upon the specific pre-catalyst, ligand, base, starting materials and process conditions used.
  • the thienopyrrole in provided in a yield greater than 50%, preferably in a yield of greater than 70%, more preferably in a yield greater than 80%.
  • the S-Phos is present at about 6 mol %
  • Pd(OAc) 2 is present at about 3 mol %
  • the base comprises K 3 PO 4 -H 2 O and is present at about 5 equivalents
  • the solvent is toluene
  • the ⁇ rt/zo-NHBoc-gemdichlorovinylthiophenes comprises [3-(2,2- dichlorovinyl)thiophen-2-yl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, which is described in Example 3 a
  • the organoboronic reagent comprises an organoboronic acid of structure Ri-B(OH) 2
  • the yield is greater than 50%, preferably greater than 70%, more preferably greater than 80%.
  • the halogen in the substrates can be either chloro or bromo, although chloro substrates are preferred. Also, the method for preparing the chloro substrates is more convenient.
  • organoboron reagents comprising of electron-rich, electron-poor, ' sterically hindered aromatic, heteroaromatic, alkenyl boronic acids (exa-3j) are able to couple with the substrate to give the desired thienopyrroles.
  • a slight excess to the stoichiometric amount of boronic acid (1.2-1.5 equiv. depending on the substrate) is used since the parasitic homocoupling of the boronic acid consumes part of the boronic acid.
  • the ligand is one of the crucial factors for a successful thienopyrrole synthesis reaction.
  • an electron-rich, sterically hindered phosphine ligand, or iV-heterocyclic carbene ligand known to those skilled in the art is preferred (for a review, see: Littke, A. F.; Fu, G. C. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. 2002, 41, 4176.).
  • An example of such a preferred ligand family is Buchwald's biphenyl-type of ligands (Buchwald, S. L.; Old, D. W.; Wolfe, J.
  • the invention provides a novel 2-substituted thienopyrrole or a salt thereof selected from the group consisting of:
  • N-alkoxylcarbonylthienopyrroles can be easily deprotected to give H-thienopyrroles under basic conditions similar to those conditions to cleave N- alkoxylcarbonylpyrroles known to those skilled in the art (Greene, T. W. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley Interscience Publications, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1999).
  • the invention provides a process for the deprotection of the N-alkoxycarbonyl thienopyrrole compounds of formula (VII) where the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the aromatic ring:
  • each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
  • R 2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • R 3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
  • Toluene was distilled under N 2 from Na/benzophenone immediately prior to use.
  • Phosphine ligands were purchased from Strem Chemical Company and other pre- catalysts or reagents were obtained from commercial sources without further purification.
  • Example Ia Synthesis of [3-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)pyridin-2-yl] carbamic acid tert- butyl ester
  • KO'BU HO'BU A mixture of KO'Bu (56 g), HO'Bu (46 g), and anhydrous 5 heptane (100 niL) was heated to 115 0 C (reflux) for 1 h. Heptane was distilled out at bath temperature of 115 0 C. The residual HO'Bu was removed under vacuum (0.3 mm Hg) for 1 h to yield a white powder (90.5 g, 97%).
  • the product was purified by flash chromatography (15% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford a yellowish oil (0.275, 75%), which was used directly in the olefination steps following the general procedure to afford a yellowish oil.
  • the mixture was added to an aqueous HCl solution (10 mL, 3 M) and heated to 75 0 C for 2 h. The mixture was then basif ⁇ ed using K 2 CO 3 , extracted with Et 2 O (3 ⁇ 15 mL), and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • the product was purified by flash chromatography (15% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford a yellow solid (0.227 g, 93% in 2 steps), mp: 57-58 0 C.
  • the mixture was extracted with Et 2 O (3 ⁇ l0mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with H 2 O (10 mL), 25 NaHCO 3 (10 mL), brine (10 mL), and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • the product was further purified by flash chromatography (15-20% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford an oil (0.296 g, 98%), which was used directly in the next step.
  • the mixture was added to an aqueous HCl solution (10 mL, 3 M) and heated to 75 0 C for 2 h. The mixture was then basified using K 2 CO 3 , extracted with Et 2 O (3x15 mL), and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • Benzyl chloro formate (0.68 mL, 4.8 mmol) was added to a suspension of the aminopyridine (600 mg, 3.2 mmol) in saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 solution (6 mL) and acetone (24 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction was warmed slowly to rt and stirred for 7 h then re-cooled to 0 0 C and more benzyl chloro formate (1.4 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 solution (12 mL) added. The reaction was warmed to rt and another further addition of benzyl chloroformate and NaHCO 3 solution was made after 24 h.
  • Example 2h Synthesis of 3-methyl-2-phenyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester and 3-methyl-2-phenyl-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-b] pyridine
  • Example 2j Synthesis of 2-Phenyl pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester
  • Trifluoroacetic acid (0.1 mL) was added to a solution of the carbamate (24 mg, 0.074 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (0.5 mL) at it. The reaction was stirred for 4 h at rt then diluted with CH 2 Cl 2 and basified to pH 10 using 2M NaOH. H 2 O was added and the layers separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated to give the product as a pale brown solid (14 mg, 0.062 mmol, 84%). mp: 222-225 °C. IR (neat, cm “1 ): 1602, 1493, 1429, 1249.
  • Phosphorus trichloride (0.02 niL, d 1.57, 0.22 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of the pyridine N-oxide (12 mg, 0.038 mmol) in CHCl 3 (1 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 80 °C for 7 h. Ice was added to the reaction mixture and then
  • Example 3a 5-Phenyl-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole-6-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester

Abstract

The present invention relates generally to processes for the chemical synthesis of azaindole and thienopyrrole compounds, in particular azaindole and thienopyrrole compounds that are substituted at the 2-position of the azaindole or thienopyrrole ring, and optionally at additional locations of the azaindole or thienopyrrole ring such as the 1- and/or 3-position, compounds prepared by such processes, and synthetic precursors of such processes. More particularly, the present invention relates to the preparation of 2- substituted azaindoles from an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine or from an ortho- gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound and an organoboron reagent using a palladium metal pre-catalyst, base and a ligand. The present invention also relates to the preparation of 2-substituted thienopyrroles from an ortho-gem-dihalovinylthiophene compound and an organoboron reagent using a palladium metal pre-catalyst, base and a ligand. The present invention also relates to processes for the production of ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridines which are useful as starting materials in the production of 2- substituted azaindoles, and novel compounds prepared by the processes. The present invention also relates to processes for the production of ortho-gem-dihalovinylthiophenes which are useful as starting materials in the production of 2-substituted thienopyrroles, and novel compounds prepared by the processes. Formulae (V) and (VII).

Description

2-Substituted Azaindoles and 2-Substituted Thienopyrroles, their Precursors and Novel Processes for the Preparation Thereof
1. Field of the Invention
The present invention relates generally to processes for the chemical synthesis of azaindole and thienopyrrole compounds, in particular azaindole and thienopyrrole compounds that are substituted at the 2-position of the azaindole or thienopyrrole ring, and optionally at additional locations of the azaindole or thienopyrrole ring such as the 1- and/or 3-position, compounds prepared by such processes, and synthetic precursors of such processes. More particularly, the present invention relates to the preparation of 2- substituted azaindoles from an ortAo-g-e/n-dihalovinylaminopyridine or from an ortho- gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound and an organoboron reagent using a palladium metal pre-catalyst, base and a ligand. The present invention also relates to the preparation of 2-substituted thienopyrroles from an ort/ϊø-gem-dihalovinylthiophene compound and an organoboron reagent using a palladium metal pre-catalyst, base and a ligand. The present invention also relates to processes for the production of ortho-gem- dihalovmylammopyridines which are useful as starting materials in the production of 2- substituted azaindoles, and novel compounds prepared by the processes. The present invention also relates to processes for the production of ortho-gem-dihalovinylthiophenes which are useful as starting materials in the production of 2-substituted thienopyrroles, and novel compounds prepared by the processes.
2. Brief Description of the Related Art
By replacing one of the benzo carbons with nitrogen, four possible isomeric forms of azaindole' result (see formulae below). Since they are bioisosteric structures of indoles, azaindoles enjoy great attention in designing pharmaceutically important agents. Even though naturally occurring azaindoles are rare, their presence in biologically active compounds is widespread in recent patents and publications, as discussed below.
Figure imgf000003_0001
Indole 4-azaindole 5-azaindole 6-azaindole 7-azaindole or or or or
Pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridine Pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine Pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine Pyrrolo[2,3-jb]pyridine
Azaindole compounds have been used as tubulin^inhibitory, antimitotic agents for potential cancer treatment (Mahboobi, S.; Pongratz, H.; Hufsky, H.; Hockemeyer, J.; 5 Frieser, M.; Lyssenko, A.; Paper, D. H.; Buergermeister, J.; Boehmer, F.-D.; Fiebig, H.- H.; Burger, A. M.; Baasner, S.; Beckers, T. J. Med. Chem. 2001, 44, 4535).
Azaindole compounds have also been used as selective potent Dopamine D4 antagonists as potential anti-psychotic agents (Curtis, N. R.; Kulagowski, J. J.; Leeson, P. D.; Ridgill, M. P.; Emms, F.; Freedman, S. B.; Patel, S.; Patel, S. Bioor. Med. Chem. Lett. 10 1999, 9, 585).
Azaindoles have been used as Transforming Growth Factor (TGF)-βl antagonists for the potential treatment of pulmonary fibrosis, scleroderma, systemic scleroderma, and nephritis (Maruyama, Y.; Hirabayashi, K.; Hori, K. In. PCT Int. AppL; (Nippon Shinyaku Co., Ltd., Japan) WO 03037862, 2003; Jinnin, M.; Ihn, H.; Tamaki, K. MoI. Pharmacol. 15 2006, 69, 597).
Azaindole compounds have been used as antithrombotics and anticoagulants (Bastian, J. A.; Fisher, M. J.; Harper, R. W.; Lin, H.-S.; McCowan, J. R.; Sail, D. J.; Smith, G. F.; Takeuchi, K.; Wiley, M. R.; Zhang, M. In Eur. Pat. AppL; (Eli Lilly, USA). EP 997465, 2000).
20 Azaindole compounds have also been utilized as NKl receptor antagonists for potential treatment of migraine, cystitis, asthma, depression and cytotoxininduced emesis (Cooper, L. C; Chicchi, G. G.; Dinnell, K.; Elliott, J. M.; Hollingworth, G. J.; Kurtz, M. M.; Locker, K. L.; Morrison, D.; Shaw, D. E.; Tsao, K. L.; Watt, A. P.; Williams, A. R.; Swain, C. J. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2001, 11, 1233). Azaindole compounds have been used as CB1/CB2 receptor agonists in pain management (Wei, Z.; Dolaine, R.; Walpole, C; Yang, H. In PCT Int. Appl; (Astrazeneca Ab, Swed.). WO 04087704, 2004.)
Azaindole compounds have also been used as ITK kinase inhibitors (Aadal Nielsen, P.; 5 Brimert, T.; Kristoffersson, A.; Linnanen, T.; Sjoe, P. hi PCT Int. Appl; (Astrazeneca AB, Swed.). WO 04016609, 2004. Aadal Nielsen, P.; Brimert, T.; Kristoffersson, A.; Linnanen, T.; Sjoe, P. In PCT Int. Appl; (Astrazeneca AB, Swed.). WO 04016610, 2004.)
Azaindole compounds have also found utility as potent inhibitors of the MAP kinase p38, which can be used as new methods of treatment for inflammatory diseases such as 10 rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease (Henry, J. R.; Rupert, K. C; Dodd,
J. H.; Turchi, I. J.; Wadsworth, S. A.; Cavender, D. E.; Schafer, P. H.; Siekierka, J. J.
Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1998, 8, 3335; Henry, J. R.; Dodd, J. H. Tetrahedron Lett.
1998, 39, 8763; Dodd, J. H.; Henry, J. R.; Rupert, K. In PCT Int. Appl; (Ortho-McNeil
Corporation, Inc., USA). WO 9847899, 1998; Henry, J. R.; Rupert, K. C; Dodd, J. H.; 15 Turchi, I. J.; Wadsworth, S. A.; Cavender, D. E.; Fahmy, B.; Olini, G. C; Davis, J. E.;
Pellegrino-Gensey, J. L.; Schafer, P. H.; Siekierka, J. J. J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41, 4196).
Azaindole compounds have also been used as p38 kinase α inhibitors (Mavunkel, B. J.; Perumattam, J. J.; Lu, Q.; Dugar, S.; Goyal, B.; Wang, D. X.; Chakravarty, S.; Luedtke, G. R.; Nashashibi, L; Tester, R.; Tan, X. In U.S. Pat. Appl Publ; (USA). US 05288299, 20 2005).
In other examples, azaindole compounds have been used as the antagonists of gonadotropin releasing hormone (GnRH) for the treatment and the prevention of disturbances of calcium, phosphate and bone metabolism (Walsh, T. F.; Ujjainwalla, F.; Goulet, M. T.; Bugianesi, R. L. In PCT Int. Appl; (Merck & Co., Inc., USA). WO
25 9951596, 1999; Walsh, T. F.; Ujjainwalla, F.; Goulet, M. T. In PCT Int. Appl; (Merck & Co., Inc., USA). WO 5591595, 1999; Walsh, T. F.; Ujjainwalla, F.; Goulet, M. T.; Young, J. R. In PCT Int. Appl; (Merck & Co., Inc., USA). WO 5591234, 1999; Walsh, T. F.; Ujjainwalla, F.; Goulet, M. T. In PCT Int. Appl; (Merck & Co., Inc., USA). WO 9951233, 1999; Walsh, T. F.; Ujjainwalla, F.; Goulet, M. T.; Young, J. R. In PCT Int.
30 Appl; (Merck & Co., Inc., USA). WO 5591232, 1999.; Walsh, T. F.; Ujjainwalla, F.; Goulet, M. T.; Young, J. R. In PCT Int. AppL; (Merck & Co., Inc., USA). WO 9951231, 1999.
Azaindoles have been used as as endothelin receptor antagonists (Elliott, J. D.; Leber, J. D. In PCT Int. AppL; (SmithKline Beecham Corp., USA). WO 9533748, 1995)
Azaindoles have also been used as c-Jun N-terminal kinases (JNKs) inhibitors for the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders (Graczyk, P.; Khan, A.; Bhatia, G.; Iimura, Y. In PCT Int. AppL; (Eisai London Research Laboratories Limited, UK). WO 04078756, 2004).
Azaindole compounds have been used as G-protein-coupled chemoattractant receptor (CRTh2) receptor antagonists for treatment of an inflammatory or allergic condition (BaIa, K.; Leblanc, C; Sandham, D. A.; Turner, K. L.; Watson, S. J.; Brown, L. N.; Cox, B. In PCT Int. AppL; (Novartis AG, Switz.; Novartis Pharma GmbH). WO 05123731, 2005).
In other examples, azaindole compounds have been used as Janus kinase 3 (JAK3 kinase) inhibitors for potential treatment of T-cell proliferative disorders such as transplant rejection and autoimmune diseases (David, L.; Hansen, P. In PCT Int. AppL; (Astrazeneca AB, Swed.). WO 04099205, 2004).
Azaindoles have been used as inhibitors of glycogen phosphorylase and are useful in the prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of diabetes, hyperglycemia, hypercholesterolemia, hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, atherosclerosis or tissue ischemia e.g. myocardial ischemia, or as cardioprotectants or inhibitors of abnormal cell growth (Bradley, S. E.; Krulle, T. M.; Murray, P. J.; Procter, M. J.; Rowley, R. J.; Sambrook Smith, C. P.; Thomas, G. H. In PCT Int. AppL; (Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc., USA; Schofield, Karen Lesley). WO 04104001, 2004).
Azaindole compounds have also been used as MTP ApoB inhibitors, which are useful for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia, hyperlipidemia (Guevel, A. C; Vidal, C; Roux, B.; Chevreuil, O. In PCT Int. AppL; (Merck Patent GmbH, Germany). WO 06010423, 2006). Azaindole compounds have also been used as protein kinase inhibitors and antiproliferative agents, particularly for tumor treatment (Wentzler, S.; El Ahmad, Y.; Filoche Romme, B.; Nemecek, C; Venot, C. In Fr. Demande; (Aventis Pharma S. A., Fr.) FR 2868422, 2005; (Nemecek, C; Metz, W.; Wentzler, S.; Lesuisse, D. In Fr. Demande; (Aventis Pharma S. A., Fr.) FR 2876103, 2006).
By replacing the annulated benzene ring of indole with an aromatic thiophene ring, three possible isomeric forms of thienopyrroles result (see formulae below). Thieno[2,3- bjpyrrole and thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole isomers are also bioisoteric structures of indoles, therefore, frequently used in pharmaceutical agents. Due to its instability, thieno[3,4- b]pyrrole isomer is rarely used.
Figure imgf000006_0001
Thieno[2,3-6]pyrrole Thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole Thieno[3,4-jb]pyrrole
Thienopyrrole compounds have been used as sPLA2 inhibitors, which may be useful for inflammatory disease treatment (Beight, D. W.; Morin, J. M.; Sawyer, J. S.; Smith, E. C. R. (Eli Lilly & Company, USA) WO 2002012249, 2002).
Thienopyrrole compounds have also been used as potent non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents for pain management (Kumar, P. R.; Raju, S.; Goud, P. S.; Sailaja, M.; Sarma, M. R.; Reddy, G. O.; Kumar, M. P.; Reddy, V. V. R. M. K.; Suresh, T.; Hegde, P. Bioorg. Med. Chem. 2004, 12, 1221).
Thienopyrrole compounds have been used as MCP-I inhibitors, which may be useful for anti-inflammatory agents and immunomodulators (Barker, A. J.; Kettle, J. G.; Faull, A. W.; (Zeneca Ltd, UK) WO 9940914, 1999).
In other examples, thienopyrrole compounds have been used as inhibitors of glycogen phosphorylase, which are useful for treatment of type-II diabetes (Birch, A. M.; Morley, A. D.; Stacker, A.; Whittamore, P. R. O. (Astrazeneca) WO 2003074532, 2003).
.IBSTiTUTE SHEET (RULE 26} Thienopyrrole compounds have also been used as gonadotropin releasing hormone antagonists (Arnould, J. C. (Astrazeneca) WO 2004018479, 2004).
Thienopyrrole compounds have also found utility as antiviral agents in particular against hepatitis C. (Attenni, B.; Hernando, J. I. M.; Malancona, S. N. F.; Ontoria Ontoria, J. M.; Rowley, M. (Istituto di Ricerche di Biologia Molecolare P Angeletti S.p.A., Italy) WO 2005023819, 2005).
Previous work in the field has led to the development of numerous processes for the synthesis of azaindoles and thienopyrroles and derivatives thereof, several of which are shown below with the reported yields for the preparation of various azaindoles and thienopyrroles.
Methods of constructing azaindoles are very similar to those of indoles. Many of the prior art processes are reported to have numerous drawbacks such as being inefficient, requiring multiple steps, requiring commercially unavailable or expensive starting materials, requiring the use of harsh reaction conditions, and/or are challenging to adapt to an industrial scale. They usually suffer from low yields, limited reaction scope, and low accessibility of the starting materials Many of the methods are summarized in a review in 2002 (Hyaric, M.; Viera de Almeida, M.; Nora de Souza, M. V. Quim. Nova 2002, 25, 1165). A general description of several prior art processes is set out below in Schemes 1-16, additional details of which are set out in the references as indicated.
Fischer indole synthesis is the most commonly used method in indole synthesis, however, it fails to give the corresponding azaindoles due to the deactivating effect of the pyridine ring (Molina, A.; Vaquero, J. J.; Garcia-Navio, J. L.; Alvarez-Builla, J.; Pascual-Teresa, B.; Gago, F.; Rodrigo, M. M.; Ballesteros, M. J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 5587).
Madelung-type cyclization is very commonly used in azaindole synthesis from picolines in moderate yields (Scheme 1) (Fisher, M. H.; Schwartzkopf, G., Jr.; Hoff, D. R. J. Med. Chem. 1972, 15, 1168). Another drawback is that the reaction suffers from harsh reaction conditions (NaOH, 250-300 °C). Therefore, the product cannot bear any sensitive functionalities (Hands, D.; Bishop, B.; Cameron, M.; Edwards, J. S.; Cottrell, I. F.; Wright, S. H. B. Synthesis, 1996, 877). A modified Madelung-type cyclization by Lorenz uses slightly milder conditions (200 0C instead of 300 °C) to give 7-azaindoles in good yield (Lorenz, R. R.; Tullar, B. F.; Koelsch, G. F.; Archer, S. J. Org. Chem. 1965, 30, 2531).
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000008_0001
Gassman indole synthesis was used to give A-, 6-, and 7-azaindoles in moderate to good yield (Scheme 2) (Debenham, S. D.; Chan, A.; Liu, K.; Price, K.; Wood, H. B. Tetradedron Lett. 2005, 46, 2283).
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000008_0002
I Q R = Ue, CF3, Br, H, NO2, OMe, Cl
In another example, Bartoli cyclization was used to synthesize various 4-and 6- azaindoles from various nitropyridines (Scheme 3) (Zhang, Z.; Yang, Z.; Meanwell, M. A.; Kadow, J. F.; Wang, T. J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 2345). However, the yields are 15 generally low (11 -50%).
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000008_0003
R = OMe, Cl, 0-2-F-Ph In another example, cyclization of a reactive nitrene intermediate generated from nitro reduction or thermo decomposition of azide provided 5- or 6-azaindoles in low yield (Scheme 4) (Fisher, M. H.; Schwartzkopf, G., Jr.; Hoff, D. R. J. Med. Chem. 1972, 15, 1168).
i Scheme 4
Figure imgf000009_0001
In another example, an iodoaminopyridine was treated with an enolate under UV irradiation to result in a ketone, which cyclized to give corresponding 5-, 6-, or 7- azaindoles (Scheme 5) (Estel, L.; Marsais, F.; Queguiner, G. J. Org. Chem. 1988, 53, 10 2740).
Scheme 5
Figure imgf000009_0002
R = H, Me liquid NH3 7 A0J-QysW/ o o
R1= Me, ffiu
In another example, an ort/jo-alkynylaminopyridine cyclized under various conditions.
Examples of such conditions include KH or KOt-Bu in NMP (4- or 7- azaindoles 15 (Scheme 6): Koradin, C; Dohle, W.; Rodriguez, A. L.; Schmid, B.; Knochel, P.
Tetrahedron 2003, 59, 1571; Rodriguez, A. L.; Koradin, C; Dohle, W.; Knochel, P.
Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. 2000, 39, 2488; McLaughlin, M.; Palucki, M.; Davies, I. W. Org.
Lett. 2006, 8, ASAP (ol061232r); CuI in DMF (5-azaindole: Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, 39,
5159); Pd(PPh3)4 and aryl, alkenyl halides or triflates (4-, 7-azaindoles: Cacchi, S.; 20 Fabrizi, G.; Parisi, L.M. J. Comb. Chem. 2005, 7, 510). Scheme 6
I) Pd(OAc)2
Figure imgf000010_0001
2) fBuOK R2 = alkyl R3 = Phi alky,, alkeny| 83-91%
In another example, a Pd-catalyzed annulation of internal alkyne with iodoaminopyridines afforded various 5-, 6-, 7- azaindoles (Scheme 7) (Ujjainwalla, F.; Warner, D. Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, JP, 5355; Curtis, N. R.; Kulagowski, J. J.; Leeson, P. D.; Ridgill, M. P.; Emms, F.; Freedman, S. B.; Patel, S.; Patel, S. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1999, P, 585).
Scheme 7
Figure imgf000010_0002
R1 = H1 Me, CO2Me, Cl, CF3 47-77%
In another example, a Pictet-Spengler reaction of a histidine derivative followed by dehydrogenation provided 6-azaindoles in a multi-step synthesis (Scheme 8) (Rousseau, J.-F.; Dodd, R. H. J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 2731), However, only a limited number of 6- azaindole derivatives can be prepared using this method.
Scheme 8
Figure imgf000010_0003
In another example, a Pd-catalyzed annulation of chloroaminopyridine with ketones provided azaindoles. However, the yield was only moderate and only 4-azaindoles and 7- azaindoles are shown in the paper (Scheme 9) (Nazare, M.; Schneider, C; Lindenschmidt, A.; Will, D. W. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. 2004, 43, 4526).
Scheme 9
Figure imgf000011_0001
R2, R3 = alkyl, H, CONEt2, CO2H
In another example, a Pd-catalyzed direct arylation of azaindoles with arylhalide afforded 2-arylazaindoles (Scheme 10). (Lane, B. S.; Sames, D. Org. Lett. 2004, 6, 2897; Lane, B. S.; Brown, M. A.; Sames, D. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2005, 127, 8050; Sames, D.; Sezen, B.; Lane, B. S. In PCT Int. Appl.; (the Trustees of Columbia University, USA). WO 04069394, 2004). However, only 7-azaindoles were demonstrated to undergo the reaction.
Scheme 10
Figure imgf000011_0002
Methods of constructing thienopyrroles are also similar to those of indoles, however, they also suffer from low yields, limited reaction scope, and low accessibility of the starting materials. Again, thienopyrroles are not accessible through Fischer indole synthesis approach. One of the most commonly used approaches is the condensation of an ort/zo-methoxycarbonylmethylamino thiophenecarboxyaldehydes under basic conditions (Scheme 11) (Soth, S.; Farmer, M.; Paulmier, C. Can. J. Chem. 1978, 56, 1429). Scheme 11 CO2Et
Figure imgf000012_0001
In another example, thienopyrroles were synthesized using Reissert-type reductive condensation of ørt/zø-nitrothienyl pyruvate using SnCl2 2H2O (Scheme 12). However, the yield is low and only thienopyrrole carboxylic esters are accessible (Gale, W. W.; Scott, A. N.; Snyder, H. R. J. Org. Chem. 1964, 29, 2160).
Scheme 12
Figure imgf000012_0002
47% (2 steps)
In another example, thienopyrroles were synthesized via thiocyanation of pyrrole, followed by alkylation with bromoacetic acid, electrophilic aromatic substitution cyclization, and reduction (Scheme 13) (Matteson, D. S.; Snyder, H. R. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1957, 79, 3610).
Scheme 13
Figure imgf000012_0003
Figure imgf000012_0004
In another example, thienopyrroles were synthesized via cyclization insertion reaction of suitable nitrene species into the C-H bond either from reduction of ortho- nitrostyrylthiophene (Scheme 14) (Srinivasan, K.; Srinivasan, K. G.; Balasubramanian, K. K.; Swaminathan, S. Synthesis 1973, No. 5, 313), or thermo-decomposition of azidovinylthiophene (Hemetsberger, H.; Knittel, D. Monatsh. Chem. 1972, 103, 194), or photo-decomposition of ørt/jo-azidovinylthiophene (Gairns, R. S.; Moody, C. J.; Rees, C. W. J. Chem. Soc, Chem. Commun. 1985, 1818).
Scheme 14
Figure imgf000013_0001
In another example, thienopyrroles were synthesized via an intramolecular Heck reaction of an ortΛo-iodo-TV-allylaminothiophene (Scheme 15) (Wensbo, D.; Annby, U.; Gronowitz, S. Tetrahedron 1995, 51, 10323).
Scheme 15
Figure imgf000013_0002
In another example, thienopyrroles were synthesized from 3-(thieno-2-yl)-3-oxo-2- diazopropanoates via a Rh(II)-mediated Wolff rearrangement (Scheme 16). (Lee, D. J.; Kim, K.; Park, Y. J. Org. Lett. 2002, 4, 873).
Scheme 16
Figure imgf000013_0003
Figure imgf000013_0004
In view of the above, there remains a need for novel and versatile processes for synthesizing all four azaindole isomers and the two thienopyrrole isomers, in particular 2-substituted azaindole and thienopyrrole compounds, such as 1,2-substituted azaindoles, 1,2-substituted thienopyrroles, 2,3-substituted azaindoles, 2,3 -substituted thienopyrroles, 1, 2,3-substituted azaindoles and 1, 2,3-substituted thienopyrroles. The development and implementation of such processes could simplify the preparation of commercially important azaindole and thiophene compounds.
One such commercially important azaindole compound is the Smad3 inhibitor SIS3, shown below, which can potentially be used for the treatment for systematic sclerosis or scleroderma (Jϊnnin, M.; Ihn, H.; Tamaki, K. MoI Pharmacol 2006, 69, 597 Maruyama, Y.; Hirabayashi, K.; Hori, K. (Nippon Shinyaku Co., Ltd., Japan) PCT Int. Appl. WO 2003037862 (2003) ).
Figure imgf000014_0001
Another commercial application is the KDR kinase inhibitor, which is potentially useful for the treatment of cancer (Fraley, M. E.; Hartman, G. D.; Hungate, R. W. In PCT Int. Appl.; (Merck & Co., Inc., USA). WO 01062252, 2001).
Scheme 17
Figure imgf000014_0002
Summary of the Invention
Li one aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound selected from the group of azaindole isomers consisting of: 5-
13
5UDGTiTUTE SHEET (RULE 26) azaindole, 6-azaindole, or 7-azaindole, wherein the 2-substituent comprises a R4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, the process comprising reacting an ort/20-ge/n-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of the formula (II) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (II):
Figure imgf000015_0001
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane Of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound.
In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound selected from isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound, wherein the 2-substituent comprises a R4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the thienopyrrole ring via a
C-C bond, the process comprising reacting an ørt/zo-gew-dihalovinylthiophene compound of the formula (FV) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk:
Figure imgf000016_0001
IV
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl
R2 is alkoxycarbonyl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester OfR4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane OfR4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound comprising within its structure a 2-substituted azaindole moiety of formula (I) selected from the group of azaindole isomers consisting of: 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7- azaindole,
Figure imgf000017_0001
(I)
wherein
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
the process comprising reacting an ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (II) whereby the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (II):
Figure imgf000017_0002
(H)
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl and R2 and R3 are as defined above, with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane Of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative Of R4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (I).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (II) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (I) wherein R2 is H.
In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound comprising within its structure a 2-substituted thienopyrrole moiety of formula (III) including two isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the thienopyrrole ring:
Figure imgf000018_0001
wherein
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
R2 is alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; the process comprising reacting an ørt/zo-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (FV) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (IV):
Figure imgf000019_0001
(IV)
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl and R2 and R3 are as defined above:
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound of formula (III).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (IV) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (III) wherein R2 is H.
In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (V) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole
Figure imgf000019_0002
(V)
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of formula (V); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
the process comprising reacting an ortho-gerø-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) whereby the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
Figure imgf000020_0001
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl, and
R2 and R3 are as defined above, with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of Rj, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R» and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (V).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (VI) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (V) wherein R2 is H.
In still another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2- substituted thienopyrrole compound of formula (VII) selected from isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the 2-susbstituted thienopyrrole compound
Figure imgf000021_0001
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of formula (VII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 is alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
Rt is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein Rj is bonded to the 2-position of the thienopyrrole ring via a C-C bond;
the process comprising reacting an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000022_0001
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl, and
R2 and R3 are as defined above,
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of Rj, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of Rj, a trialkylborane of R» and a 9-BBN derivative of Rj;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound of formula (VII).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (VIII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (VII) wherein R2 is H. In another aspect, the invention provides, a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole, or 7-azaindole, wherein the 2-substituent comprises a R4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, the process comprising reacting an ortAo-gew-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring of the formula (X) that are marked with an asterisk:
Figure imgf000023_0001
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl,
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R», a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound.
In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound comprising within its structure a 2-substituted azaindole moiety of formula (IX) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5- azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole,
Figure imgf000024_0001
wherein
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
the process comprising reacting an ort/zo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (X) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (X):
Figure imgf000024_0002
(X) wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl, and R2 and R3 are as defined above,
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (IX).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (X) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (IX) wherein R2 is H.
In yet another aspect of the invention, there is provided a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5 -azaindole, 6-azaindole, or 7-azaindole, wherein the 2- substituent comprises a R4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, the process comprising reacting an ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XII):
Figure imgf000025_0001
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl
Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the indole ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride Of R4, a trialkylborane OfR4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound.
In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (XI) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5 -azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole
Figure imgf000026_0001
(XI)
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring of formula (XI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
the process comprising reacting an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XII):
Figure imgf000027_0001
wherein Ri, R2 and R3 are as defined above,
and Halo comprises bromo or chloro;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R», a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R4; in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (XI).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (XII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (XI) wherein R2 is H.
In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the palladium-catalyzed tandem intramolecular C-N bond formation and intermolecular C-C bond formation between an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) whereby the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
Figure imgf000028_0001
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and
and Halo comprises chloro, or bromo;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride Of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4, and wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl,
1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2- position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole of formula (V) including the isomers: 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole
Figure imgf000029_0001
(V)
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above,
the process comprising reacting the ortho-gem-dihalovinylammopyridine compound of formula (VI) with the organoboron reagent in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to afford the tandem C-N and C-C bond formation between the ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) and the organoboron reagent to afford the 2-substituted azaindole of formula (V).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (VI) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (V) wherein R2 is H.
hi still another aspect of the invention, there is provided a process for the palladium- catalyzed tandem intramolecular C-N bond formation and intermolecular C-C bond formation between an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000030_0001
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of formula (VIII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 is alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and
and Halo comprises chloro, or bromo;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R», a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride Of R4, a trialkylborane of Rj and a 9-BBN derivative of R4, and wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2- position of the thienopyrrole ring via a C-C bond, for the preparation of a 2-substituted thienopyrrole of formula (VII) including isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VII):
Figure imgf000031_0001
(VII)
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above,
the process comprising reacting the ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) with the organoboron reagent in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to afford the tandem C-N and C-C bond formation between the ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) and the organoboron reagent to afford the 2-substituted thienopyrrole of formula (VII).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (VIII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (VII) wherein R2 is H.
In another aspect of the invention, there is provided a process for the palladium-catalyzed tandem intramolecular C-N bond formation and intermolecular C-C bond formation between an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) including isomers wherein the N-oxide occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XII):
Figure imgf000031_0002
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, lower alkenyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring of formula (XII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and
and Halo comprises chloro, or bromo;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4, and wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2- position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole of formula (XI) comprising isomeric forms wherein the N-oxide occupies any one of the A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-positions in formula (XI):
Figure imgf000032_0001
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R4 are defined as above,
the process comprising reacting the ortho-gerø-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) with the organoboron reagent in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to afford the tandem C-N and C-C bond formation between the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) and the organoboron reagent to afford the 2-substituted azaindole of formula (XI).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (XII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is 5 partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (XI) wherein R2 is H.
In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho-gem- dihalogen vinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula 10 (VI):
Figure imgf000033_0001
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 15 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R3 is H, CF3, or alkynyl optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, R2 is H and Halo is bromo, said process comprising the steps of:
20 (a) reacting a nitropyridinecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIV) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XIV):
Figure imgf000034_0001
(XIV)
wherein Ri is as defined above, and R3 is as defined above, with CBr4 and PPh3 under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortho-gem-diha\oγiny\ compound of formula (XV)
Figure imgf000034_0002
(XV)
wherein Ri is as defined above, R3 is as defined above, and Halo is bromo and the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the pyridine ring marked by an asterisk in formula (XV); and
(b) reducing the compound of formula (XV) under conditions effective to reduce the nitro group of the compound of formula (XV) without affecting the functional groups present in the compound, to afford the compound of formula (VI).
In another aspect of the invention, there is provided a process for the preparation of an ortho~gem-diha\ogen vinylaminopyridine compound of formula (XVI), wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked with an asterisk in formula (XVI):
Figure imgf000034_0003
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (XVI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R3 is H, CF3 or alkynyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents; R2 is H, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, aryl or aryl-lower alkyl; R5 is H, alkyl or alkoxycarbonyl, with the proviso that both R2 and R5 are not H; and Halo is bromo, said process comprising the steps of:
reacting an aminopyridinecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XVII) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked with an asterisk in formula (XVII):
Figure imgf000035_0001
(XVII)
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R5 are as defined above, with CBr4 and PPh3 under conditions effective to generate in situ the
Figure imgf000035_0002
compound of formula (XVI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the pyridine ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVI):
Figure imgf000035_0003
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R5 are as defined above, and Halo is bromo. In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the thiophene ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000036_0001
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of Formula (VIII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R3 is H, CF3> or alkynyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents; R2 is alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo is bromo, said process comprising the steps of:
reacting a aminothiophenecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIX) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the thiophene ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XIX):
Figure imgf000036_0002
wherein Ri, R2, and R3 are as defined above, with CBr4 and PPh3 under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortho-gem-άihύovmy\ compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000037_0001
wherein Ri, R2, and R3 are as defined above, and Halo is bromo.
In another aspect of the invention, there is provided a process for the preparation of an ort/zo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (XVI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVI): .
Figure imgf000037_0002
(XVI)
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (XVI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R2 is H, alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents; R5 is H, alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents, with the proviso that both R2 and R5 are not H; and R3 is H, alkyl or alkynyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo is chloro, said process comprising the steps of:
reacting a pyridinecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XVII) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVII):
Figure imgf000038_0001
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R5 are as defined above, with 2 or more equivalents of CHCl3 and PPh3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu, wherein said equivalents are relative to formula (XVII), under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortho-gem- dichloro vinyl compound of formula (XVI), wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVI):
Figure imgf000038_0002
(XVI)
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R5 are as defined above and Halo is chloro.
In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the thiophene ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000039_0001
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of Formula
(VIII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R2 is alkoxycarbonyl optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and R3 is H, alkyl, or alkynyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo is chloro, said process comprising the steps of:
reacting an aminothiophenecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIX) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XIX):
Figure imgf000039_0002
wherein Ri, R2, and R3 are as defined above, with 2 or more equivalents of CHCl3 and PPh3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu, wherein said equivalents are relative to formula (XIX), under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortho-gem- dichloro vinyl compound of formula (VIII). In another aspect, the invention also provides novel 2-substituted azaindoles or salts thereof selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000040_0001
Also contained within the invention are the novel 2-substituted azaindoles and their salts when prepared by a process of the present invention.
In another aspect, the invention also provides novel 2-substituted thienopyrroles or salts thereof selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000041_0001
Also contained within the invention are the novel 2-substituted thienopyrroles and their salts when prepared by a process of the present invention.
In another aspect, the invention also provides novel ort/zø-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds or salts thereof selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000041_0002
In another aspect, the invention provides novel ort/zø-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds or salts thereof selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000042_0001
Novel ortλø-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds and novel ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds when prepared by a process of the present invention are likewise encompassed within the present invention. Such compounds are useful in the preparation of 2-substituted azaindoles and 2-substituted thienopyrroles as described herein.
In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of N- arylaminopyridine compounds of formula (VI) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the pyridine ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
Figure imgf000042_0002
(VI)
wherein Halo comprises Br or Cl; R2 comprises aryl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; said process comprising the steps of: reacting a compound of formula (XIII) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions marked by an asterisk in formula (XIII):
Figure imgf000043_0001
wherein Halo, R1, R3 are as defined above, with an organoboron reagent comprising a
5 boronic acid, boronic acid anhydride or BF3 " salt of R2, wherein R2 is as defined above, in the presence of at least about 1.5 equivalent of a copper (II) catalyst relative to the compound of formula (VI), at least about 0.3 equivalents of a C8-C20 fatty acid relative to the compound of formula (VI), molecular oxygen, and a non-nucleophlic base, at a reaction temperature of between about 40 0C and 60 0C, under conditions effective to
10 form a C-N bond between formula (VI) and the R2 group of the organoboron reagent, to afford the N-arylaniline compounds of formula (VI).
In yet another aspect of the invention, there is provided a process for the deprotection of the N-alkoxycarbonyl azaindoles of formula (V) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the pyridine ring marked by an asterisk in formula (V):
Figure imgf000043_0002
15 (V)
.wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to
20 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
the process comprising treating a compound of formula (V) with an acid to form the N-H azaindole wherein R2 is H and Ri, R3 and R4 are as defined above for compound (V).
In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the deprotection of the N- alkoxycarbonyl thienopyrrole compounds of formula (VII) where the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the aromatic ring:
Figure imgf000044_0001
(VII)
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
the process comprising treating a compound of formula (VII) with a base to form the N- H thienopyrrole wherein R2 is H and Ri, R3 and R4 are as defined above for compound (VII).
In another aspect of the invention, there is provided a process for the removal of the N- oxide from a compound of formula (XI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the A-, 5-, 6-, or 7- positions in formula (XI):
Figure imgf000045_0001
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
the process comprising treating the N-oxide of formula (XI) with a reducing agent to form the reduced compound of formula (V) wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R» are as defined above for compound (XI) and wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the A-, 5-, 6-, or 7- positions in formula (V).
Figure imgf000046_0001
(V)
In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of the Smad3 inhibitor SIS3 of formula (XX):
Figure imgf000046_0002
the process consisting of a Heck coupling reaction between the 3-iodoazaindole of formula (XXI) and the acrylamide of formula (XXII) in the presence of a palladium metal pre-catalyst, base and ligand:
Figure imgf000047_0001
In still another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of the azaindole of formula (XXIII):
Figure imgf000047_0002
wherein R2 is alkyl and R4 is aryl or alkenyl, the process comprising reacting a gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine of formula (XXIV):
Figure imgf000047_0003
(XXIV) where R2 is as defined above and Halo comprises of Br or Cl, with a boronic acid of the formula (HO)2B-aryl or (HO)2B-alkenyl, in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the azaindole compound.
In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of the azaindole of formula (XXV):
Figure imgf000048_0001
where R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, aryl, heteroaryl- lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions, and Re comprises lower alkyl; the process comprising reacting the gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine of formula (XXVI):
Figure imgf000048_0002
(XXVI) where R2 is as defined above, and Halo comprises Br or Cl, with a boronic acid of formula (XXVII):
Figure imgf000048_0003
(XXVII) where R^ is as defined above, in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the azaindole of formula (XXV).
In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
Figure imgf000049_0001
(VI)
wherein each of the one or more Ri substituents is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, loweralkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R2 is H, R3 is H, alkyl, or alkynyl optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo comprises chloro, said process comprising the steps of: (a) reacting a nitropyridinecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIV) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XIV)
Figure imgf000049_0002
wherein Ri and R3 are as defined above for formula (VI), with 2 or more equivalents of CHCl3 and PPh3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu under conditions effective to generate in situ the ort/zo-gem-dichlorovinyl compound of formula (XV)
Figure imgf000049_0003
wherein Ri, R3 and Halo are as defined above; and (b) reducing the compound of formula (XV) under conditions effective to reduce the nitro group of the compound of formula (XV), without affecting the functional groups present in the compound, to afford the compound of formula (VI).
Detailed Description of Embodiments
The present invention provides novel, versatile and efficient processes and conditions for the palladium-catalyzed chemical synthesis of a variety of 2-substituted azaindole and thienopyrrole compounds, including 1 ,2-disubstituted, and 1,2,3-trisubstituted azaindoles and 1 ,2-disubstituted thienopyrroles, from inexpensive starting materials that can be easily prepared in large quantities. Moreover, the palladium metal pre-catalyst loadings useful in the present invention are low, in some embodiments about 3%, and the processes typically afford yields of 2-substituted azaindoles and 2-substituted thienopyrroles in about the 70-90% range. The novel process can allow for the rapid access and the ease of production of diversified azaindoles and thienopyrroles, and their analogs and their derivatives.
The processes of the present invention further provide reaction conditions, and starting materials which are precursors for the preparation of 2-substituted azaindoles and 2- substituted thienopyrroles, as well as novel processes and conditions for the preparation of the precursor materials.
The present invention further provides a highly modular method for palladium-catalyzed tandem carbon-nitrogen/carbon-carbon bond formation between an ort/zo-gemdihalogen substituted vinylaminopyridine compound with an organoboron reagent in the presence of a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand to afford 2-substituted azaindole compounds.
The present invention further provides a highly modular method for palladium-catalyzed tandem carbon-nitrogen/carbon-carbon bond formation between an ort/zø-gemdihalogen substituted vinylaminothiophene compound with an organoboron reagent in the presence of a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand to afford 2-substituted thienopyrrole compounds. The present invention also provides novel 2-substituted azaindole compounds prepared by the novel processes of the present invention as well as novel ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine derivatives for the production of 2-substituted azaindoles.
The present invention also provides novel 2-substituted thienopyrrole compounds prepared by the novel processes of the present invention as well as novel ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene derivatives for the production of 2-substituted thienopyrroles.
The present invention further provides novel methods for the copper-mediated C-N coupling of anilines and arylboronic acids to prepare N-aryl-ortho-gem- dihalovinylaniline compounds that are useful as intermediates in the processes of the present invention for the preparation of 2-substituted indoles.
The present invention further provides novel methods for the preparation of ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds as intermediates in the processes of the present invention for the preparation of 2-substituted azaindoles.
The present invention further provides novel methods for the preparation of ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds as intermediates in the processes of the present invention for the preparation of 2-substituted thienopyrroles.
The present invention further provides a novel method for the synthesis of the 2,3- disubstitued azaindole, an Smad3 inhibitor SIS3, which can be used for the treatment of sclerosis or scleroderma.
The present invention provides methods for the synthesis of gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxides from the corresponding gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine.
The present invention also provides methods for the deprotection of an N-oxide group from an azaindole N-oxide to give the azaindole.
The present invention provides methods for the removal of an alkoxycarbonyl group from an N-alkoxycarbonyl substituted azaindole to give N-H azaindoles. The present invention further provides a novel method for the synthesis of the KDR kinase inhibitor 3-(lH-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-2-yl)-lH-quinolin-2-one which is potentially useful for the treatment of cancer.
Therefore, in one embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound selected from the group of azaindole isomers consisting of: 5 -azaindole, 6-azaindole, or 7-azaindole, wherein the 2-substituent comprises a R4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, the process comprising reacting an or/Λo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of the formula (II) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (II):
Figure imgf000052_0001
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound. In another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2- substituted thienopyrrole compound selected from isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound, wherein the 2- substituent comprises a R4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the thienopyrrole ring via a C-C bond, the process comprising reacting an ørt/zø-gerø-dihalovinylthiophene compound of the formula (IV) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk:
Figure imgf000053_0001
IV
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl
R2 is alkoxycarbonyl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride Of R4, a trialkylborane of Rt and a 9-BBN derivative of R4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound.
In another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound comprising within its structure a 2-substituted azaindole moiety of formula (I) selected from the group of azaindole isomers consisting of: 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole,
Figure imgf000054_0001
(i)
wherein
Rj is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
R.2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
the process comprising reacting an ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (II) whereby the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (II):
Figure imgf000054_0002
(H)
wherein Halo comprises Br or Cl and R2 and R3 are as defined above,
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R», a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (I).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (II) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (I) wherein R2 is H.
In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound comprising within its structure a 2-substituted thienopyrrole moiety of formula (III) including two isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the thienopyrrole ring:
Figure imgf000055_0001
wherein
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
R2 is alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; the process comprising reacting an ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (IV) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (IV):
Figure imgf000056_0001
(IV)
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl and R2 and R3 are as defined above:
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid Of R4, a boronic acid anhydride Of R4, a trialkylborane OfR4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound of formula (III).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (IV) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (III) wherein R2 is H.
In another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2- substituted azaindole compound including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5 -azaindole, 6-azaindole, or 7-azaindole, wherein the 2- substituent comprises a R4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, the process comprising reacting an ortΛo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring of the formula (X) that are marked with an asterisk:
Figure imgf000057_0001
(X)
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl,
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester OfR4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R» and a 9-BBN derivative of R4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound.
In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound comprising within its structure a 2-substituted azaindole moiety of formula (IX) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5- azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole,
Figure imgf000057_0002
(IX) wherein
R» is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
the process comprising reacting an ørt/20-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (X) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (X):
Figure imgf000058_0001
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl, and R2 and R3 are as defined above,
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R», a boronic acid Of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (IX). In one aspect, when R2 of formula (X) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (IX) wherein R2 is H.
As used in the context of the present invention, the various chemical terms are to be given their ordinary meaning as would be understood by persons skilled in the art, unless provided otherwise.
The following chemical terms presently described apply to all compounds and processes disclosed herein, unless provided otherwise.
The term "suitable substituent" as used in the context of the present invention is meant to include independently H; hydroxyl; cyano; alkyl, such as lower alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, hexyl and the like; alkoxy, such as lower alkoxy such as methoxy, ethoxy, and the like; aryloxy, such as phenoxy and the like; vinyl; alkenyl, such as hexenyl and the like; alkynyl; formyl; haloalkyl, such as lower haloalkyl which includes CF3, CCl3 and the like; halide; aryl, such as phenyl and napthyl; heteroaryl, such as thienyl and furanyl and the like; amide such as C(O)N(CH3 )2 and the like; acyl, such as C(O)-C6H5, and the like; ester such as -C(O)OCH3 the like; ethers and thioethers, such as O-Bn and the like; amino; thioalkoxy; phosphino and the like. It is to be understood that a suitable substituent as used in the context of the present invention is meant to denote a substituent that does not interfere with the formation of the desired product by the claimed processes of the present invention.
As used in the context of the present invention, the term "lower alkyl" as used herein either alone or in combination with another substituent means acyclic, straight or branched chain alkyl substituent containing from one to six carbons and includes for example, methyl, ethyl, 1-methylethyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, and the like. A similar use of the term is to be understood for "lower alkoxy", "lower thioalkyl", "lower alkenyl" and the like in respect of the number of carbon atoms. For example, "lower alkoxy" as used herein includes methoxy, ethoxy, t-butoxy.
The term "alkyl" encompasses lower alkyl and also includes acyclic, straight or branched chain alkyl groups having more than 6 carbons atoms, such as, for example, acyclic straight or branched chain alkyl substituents having 7-10 carbon atoms. The term "haloalkyl" represents straight chain or branched chain alkyl, of which at least one hydrogen is substituted with halogen.
The terms "1° alkyl", "2° alkyl", and "3° alkyl" are generally understood by a person of skill in the art to mean an alkyl substituent wherein the carbon atom at the point of attachment is bonded to 1, 2, and 3 other carbon atoms, respectively.
The term "aryl" as used herein, either alone or in combination with another substituent, means an aromatic monocyclic system containing 6 carbon atoms or a polycyclic aromatic system, such as an aromatic bicyclic system containing 10 carbon atoms. For example, the term "aryl" includes a phenyl or a naphthyl ring.
The term "heteroaryl" as used herein, either alone or in combination with another substituent means a 5, 6, or 7-membered unsaturated heterocycle containing from one to 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulphur and which form an aromatic system. The term "heteroaryl" also includes a polycyclic aromatic system comprising a 5, 6, or 7-membered unsaturated heterocycle containing from one to 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulphur.
The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein, either alone or in combination with another substituent, means a cycloalkyl substituent that includes for example, but is not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.
The term "cycloalkyl-alkyl-" as used herein means an alkyl radical to which a cycloalkyl radical is directly linked; and includes, but is not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, 1-cyclopentylethyl, 2-cyclopentyl ethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 1-cyclohexylethyl and 2-cyclohexylethyl. A similar use of the
"alkyl" term is to be understood for aryl-alkyl-, heteroaryl-alkyl-, and the like as used herein. For example, the term "aryl-alkyl-" means an alkyl radical, to which an aryl is bonded. Examples of aryl-alkyl- include, but are not limited to, benzyl (phenylmethyl),
1 -phenyl ethyl, 2-phenylethyl and phenylpropyl.
As used herein, the term "heterocycle", either alone or in combination with another radical, means a monovalent radical derived by removal of a hydrogen from a three- to seven-membered saturated or unsaturated (including aromatic) heterocycle containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Examples of such heterocycles include, but are not limited to, azetidine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiazolidine, pyrrole, thiophene, hydantoin, diazepine, imidazole, isoxazole, thiazole, tetrazole, piperidine, piperazine, homopiperidine, homopiperazine, 1,4-dioxane, 4-morpholine, 4-thiomorpholine, pyridine, pyridine-N-oxide or pyrimidine, and the like.
The term "alkenyl", as used herein, either alone or in combination with another radical, encompasses "lower alkenyl" and is intended to mean an unsaturated, acyclic straight chain radical containing two or more carbon atoms, at least two of which are bonded to each other by a double bond. Examples of such radicals include, but are not limited to, ethenyl (vinyl), 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, and 1-butenyl.
The term "alkynyl", as used herein encompasses "lower alkynyl" and is intended to mean an unsaturated, acyclic straight chain radical containing two or more carbon atoms, at least two of which are bonded to each other by a triple bond. Examples of such radicals include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, and 1-butynyl.
The term "alkoxy" as used herein, either alone or in combination with another radical, means the radical -O-(C1-n)alkyl wherein alkyl is as defined above containing 1 or more carbon atoms, and includes for example methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, butoxy and 1,1-dimethylethoxy. Where n is 1 to 6, the term "lower alkoxy" applies, as noted above, whereas the term "alkoxy" encompasses "lower alkoxy" as well as alkoxy groups where n is greater than 6 (for example, n = 7 to 10). The term "aryloxy" as used herein alone or in combination with another radical means -O-aryl, wherein aryl is defined as noted above.
The term "alkoxycarbonyl" as used herein means the radical -C(O)OR wherein R is alkyl (such as t-butyl) or aryl-lower alkyl- (such as benzyl).
The term "lower alkylcarbonyl" as used herein means the radical -C(O)R wherein R is lower alkyl.
As used herein the term "heteroatom" means O, S or N.
Depending on the substitution on the starting material
Figure imgf000061_0001
aminopyridine compound and the organoboron reagent used in the processes of the present invention, the 2-substituted azaindole compound may bear additional substituents at various position of the azaindole ring, and it is to be understood that, in the context of the present invention, the term 2-substituted azaindoles is meant to include azaindoles that may include additional substituents at other positions in the structure. For example, in one embodiment, the present invention provides 2-substituted azaindoles that also have a substituent at the 3 -position of the azaindole ring. In another embodiment, the present invention provides 2-substituted azaindoles that also bear a substituent at the 1- position of the azaindole ring. In one embodiment, the 2-substituted azaindoles additionally contain a substituent designated Ri. In another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (V) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 5-azaindole, 6- azaindole and 7-azaindole
Figure imgf000062_0001
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of formula (V); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
the process comprising reacting an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) whereby the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
Figure imgf000063_0001
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl, and
R2 and R3 are as defined above,
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R», a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (V).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (VI) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (V) wherein R2 is H.
In another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the palladium-catalyzed tandem intramolecular C-N bond formation and intermolecular C-C bond formation between an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) whereby the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
Figure imgf000064_0001
wherein
each of the one or more R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and
and Halo comprises chloro, or bromo;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane OfR4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4, and wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2- position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole of formula (V) including the isomers: 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole
Figure imgf000065_0001
(V)
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above,
the process comprising reacting the ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) with the organoboron reagent in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to afford the tandem C-N and C-C bond formation between the ortho-ge/w-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) and the organoboron reagent to afford the 2-substituted azaindole of formula (V).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (VI) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (V) wherein R2 is H.
Depending on the substitution on the starting material ort/zo-gem-dihalovinyl aminopyridine N-oxide compound and the organoboron reagent used in the processes of the present invention, the 2-substituted azaindole N-oxide compound may bear additional substituents at various position of the azaindole ring, and it is to be understood that, in the context of the present invention, the term 2-substituted azaindoles is meant to include azaindoles that may include additional substituents at other positions in the structure. In one embodiment, the 2-substituted azaindoles additionally contain a substituent at the 1- position of the azaindole ring. In one embodiment, the 2-substituted azaindole N-oxides additionally contain a substituent designated Rj. hi another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5-azaindole, 6- azaindole, or 7-azaindole, wherein the 2-substituent comprises a R4 group which is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, the process comprising reacting an ortΛo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XII):
Figure imgf000066_0001
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl
Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring of formula (XII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound. In another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2- substituted azaindole compound of formula (XI) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole
Figure imgf000067_0001
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring of formula (XI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
the process comprising reacting an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XII):
Figure imgf000068_0001
wherein Ri, R2 and R3 are as defined above,
and Halo comprises bromo or chloro;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (XI).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (XII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (XI) wherein R2 is H.
In still another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the palladium-catalyzed tandem intramolecular C-N bond formation and intermolecular C-C bond formation between an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) including isomers wherein the N-oxide occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XII):
Figure imgf000068_0002
wherein each of the one or more R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring of formula (XII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and
and Halo comprises chloro, or bromo;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid Of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of Rj, a trialkylborane of Rj and a 9-BBN derivative of R4, and wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2- position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole of formula (XI) comprising isomeric forms wherein the N-oxide occupies any one of the A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-positions in formula (XI):
Figure imgf000069_0001
(XI)
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R4 are defined as above, the process comprising reacting the ortho-ge/M-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) with the organoboron reagent in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to afford the tandem C-N and C-C bond formation between the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) and the organoboron reagent to afford the 2-substituted azaindole of formula (XI).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (XII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (XI) wherein R2 is H.
Depending on the substitution on the starting material ort/jo-ge/w-dihalovinyl aminothiophene compound and the organoboron reagent used in the processes of the present invention, the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound may bear additional substituents at various position of the thienopyrrole ring, and it is to be understood that, in the context of the present invention, the term 2-substituted thienopyrroles is meant to include thienopyrroles that may include additional substituents at other positions in the structure. In one embodiment, the 2-substituted thienopyrroles additionally contain a substituent 1- position of the thienopyrrole ring. In one embodiment, the 2-substituted thienopyrroles additionally contain a substituent designated Ri. hi another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of a 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound of formula (VII) selected from isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound
Figure imgf000070_0001
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of formula (VII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 is alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the thienopyrrole ring via a C-C bond;
the process comprising reacting an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000071_0001
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl, and
R2 and R3 are as defined above,
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid Of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4; in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound of formula (VII).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (VIII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (VII) wherein R2 is H.
In another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the palladium-catalyzed tandem intramolecular C-N bond formation and intermolecular C-C bond formation between an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000072_0001
wherein
each of the one or more R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of formula (VIII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 is alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and and Halo comprises chloro, or bromo;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid Of R4, a boronic acid anhydride Of R4, a trialkylborane Of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4, and wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2- position of the thienopyrrole ring via a C-C bond, for the preparation of a 2-substituted thienopyrrole of formula (VII) including isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VII):
Figure imgf000073_0001
(VII)
wherein Rj, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above,
the process comprising reacting the ortho-ge/w-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) with the organoboron reagent in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to afford the tandem C-N and C-C bond formation between the ortho-gerø-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) and the organoboron reagent to afford the 2-substituted thienopyrrole of formula (VII).
In one aspect, when R2 of formula (VIII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield a compound of formula (VII) wherein R2 is H.
In one embodiment of the novel processes, halo of the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine starting material of formula (II) or formula (VI) comprises bromo or chloro. In another embodiment, halo of the ort/20-gew-dihalovinylaniline compound of formula (II) or formula (VI) comprises chloro. In other preferred embodiments, R2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, or benzyl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; or aryl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, for example optionally substituted phenyl; or R2 comprises alkyl such as methyl or ethyl, or the like.
In one embodiment of the novel processes, halo of the ort/*o-gem-dihalovinylthiophene starting material of formula (FV) or formula (VIII) comprises bromo or chloro. In another embodiment, halo of the ortAo-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (IV) or formula (VIII) comprises chloro. In other preferred embodiments, R2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents.
In another preferred embodiment, R2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl and Halo of the ortho- gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine starting material of formula (II) or formula (VI) comprises chloro.
In another preferred embodiment, R2 comprises alkyl and Halo of the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine starting material of formula (II) or formula (VI) comprises chloro.
In another preferred embodiment, R2 comprises benzyl and Halo of the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine starting material of formula (II) or formula (VI) comprises chloro.
In another preferred embodiment, R2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl and Halo of the ortho- gew-dihalovinylaminothiophene starting material of formula (IV) or formula (VIII) comprises chloro.
In one embodiment of the novel processes, halo of the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide starting material of formula (X) or formula (XII) comprises bromo or chloro. In another embodiment, halo of the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (X) or formula (XII) comprises chloro. In other preferred embodiments, R2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, or benzyl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; or aryl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, for example optionally substituted phenyl; or R2 comprises alkyl such as methyl or ethyl, or the like.
In another preferred embodiment, R2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl and Halo of the ortho- ge/w-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide starting material of formula (X) or formula (XII) comprises chloro.
Methods for preparing ortΛo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds or ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds are known to those skilled in the art. Alternatively, the ortho-gem-dihalovinylaniline compounds of formula (II), (VI), (X), or (XII) or the ortΛo-gerø-dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds of formula (IV) or (VIII) may be prepared by the novel processes of the present invention as are described and claimed below.
In one embodiment, the ortΛo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene employed in the processes for the preparation of 2- substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrroles comprises ortho-gem- dibromovinylaminopyridine or ort/20-gerø-dibromovinylaminothiophene.
In another embodiment, the organoboron reagent used in the processes of the invention comprises a reagent as follows:
R4 B(OH)2 ;
R4 — B(ORs)2 ;
R4 ^°\ ^R4
B B
R4
(R4)3 B ;
R4 BBN ; or R4 B(Rs)2 In one embodiment, the organoboron reagent comprises an organoboronic acid, such as phenylboronic acid, C6H5-B(OH)2, which is optionally further substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more substituents such as methyl, OMe, CF3, and the like, hi another embodiment, the organoboron reagent comprises an organoboronic ester, such as a cyclic catechol ester, pinacol ester or ethylene glycol and the like. In one embodiment, R5 of the organoboron ester may be a simple alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl and the like. Likewise, the organoboron reagent can comprise a 9-BBN derivative, such as n-HexBBN, or a trialkylboron reagent, such as Et3B. In another embodiment, R6 of the organoborane reagent maybe a cyclic or non-cyclic secondary alkyl group.
Many organoboron reagents are commercially available and methods for preparing organoboron reagents for use in the present invention are known to those skilled in the art. A description of general synthetic techniques used for preparing such organoboron reagents is found in Miyaura, N.; Suzuki, A., Chem. Rev. 1995, 95, 2457-2483, and Suzuki, A. J. Organomet. Chem. 1999, 576, 147-168, the contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in this regard.
In one embodiment, the palladium metal pre-catalyst used in the processes for preparing 2-substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrroles of the present invention is any one of Pd(OAc)2, Pd(PPh3)4, Pd2(dba)3, Pd(CH3CN)2Cl2, PdCl2, K2PdCl4, or Pd2(dba)3 -HCCl3 but is not limited to these pre-catalysts. Palladium metal pre-catalysts are commercially available, and methods for preparing such palladium metal pre- catalysts are known to those skilled in the art. A description of general synthetic techniques used for preparing such pre-catalysts is found in Jiro Tsuji, Palladium Reagents and Catalysts, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2004, the contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in this regard. In one embodiment, the pre-catalyst comprises Pd(OAc)2 and the organoboron reagent comprises a boronic acid of R4. In another embodiment, the pre-catalyst comprises Pd2(dba)3, and the organoboron reagent comprises a 9-BBN derivative OfR4.
The quantity of pre-catalyst which can be used can be any quantity which allows for the formation of the 2-substituted azaindole product or 2-substituted thienopyrrole product.
In one embodiment, the pre-catalyst is present in an amount of about 3 mole percent to about 6 mole percent relative to the ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound or ort/zø-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound used in the reaction, hi another embodiment, the pre-catalyst is present in an amount of about 5 mole percent relative to the ort/zo-gem-dihalovinylaniline compound or ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene used in the reaction.
Ligands for use in the present processes for the preparation of 2-substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrroles comprise a phosphorous-containing ligand or a nitrogen- containing carbenoid ligand, such as s-Phos, X-Phos, Dave-Phos, P(o-tol)3, PPh3, P(O- CF3-Ph)3, BINAP, tol-BINAP, dppm, dppe, dppp, dppb, dppf, Xanphos, BIPHEP, AsPh3, and
Mes NJ^ MΘS
+ cr , and the like. In one embodiment, the preferred ligand is s-Phos. In another embodiment the preferred ligand is X-Phos. Methods for preparing such ligands are well known to those skilled in the art. A description of general synthetic techniques used for preparing such ligands is found in Jiro Tsuji, Palladium Reagents and Catalysts, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2004, the contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in this regard.
The quantity of ligand which can be used can be any quantity which allows for the formation of the 2-substituted azaindole or 2-substituted thienopyrrole. In one embodiment, the ligand is present in amount of about 6 mole % to about 10 mole % relative to the ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene compound used in the reaction. In another embodiment, the ligand is s-Phos and it is present in amount of about 6 mole % relative to the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine or ørt/20-ge/M-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound. The preparation of s-Phos is described and referenced in the publication of Walker et al. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2004, 43, 1871-1876 and Barder et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2005, 127, 4685, the details of which are herein incorporated by reference in this regard. In another embodiment, the ligand is s-Phos, used in combination with Pd(OAc)2 as a pre- catalyst, and which are present in quantities of 6 mole % and 3 mole %, respectively. The ratio of s-Phos and Pd ranges from 1.5-2.5:1. In another embodiment of the processes of the present invention for the preparation of 2- substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrroles, the base comprises an organic base or an inorganic base, such as a metal carbonate, a metal hydroxide, a metal alkoxide, a metal phosphate or a trialkylamine, and the like, hi one embodiment, the base comprises K2CO3, Na2CO3, Cs2CO3, NaOH, K3PO4-H2O, KOtBu or NEt3, or combinations thereof. In another embodiment, the base comprises K3PO4-H2O. Additional bases for use with the present processes are known to those skilled in the art, for example, such as those disclosed in the publication of Miyaura et al. Chem. Rev. 1995, 95, 2457-2483, the details of which as relating to the bases is hereby incorporated herein by reference. In another embodiment, the base K3PO4-H2O is used in combination with s-Phos as the ligand and Pd(OAc)2 as a pre-catalyst. The quantity of the base which is used can be any quantity which allows for the formation of the 2-substituted azaindole compound or 2-substituted thienopyrrole. In one embodiment, the base is present in about 5 equivalents relative to the ortΛo-gew-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene starting material. In another embodiment, the base is present in about 3 equivalents relative to the ortΛo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene starting material. In another embodiment, the base is KaPO4 with KOH and is present in about 1.5 equiv. Of KsPO4 and 1.5 equiv. of KOH relative to the ort/zo-ge/M-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene starting material.
Any solvent may be used in the processes of the present invention for the formation of 2- substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrroles provided that it does not interfere with the formation of the 2-substituted azaindole or 2-substituted thienopyrrole product. Both protic and aprotic and combinations thereof are acceptable. A suitable solvent includes but is not limited to toluene, dioxane, benzene, THF, and the like.
In general, the reagents may be mixed together or added together in any order for the preparation of 2-substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrroles. Air can be removed from the reaction vessel during the course of the reaction and the solvent and reaction mixtures can be purged with a non-reactive gas.
The process conditions for the preparation of 2-substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrroles can be any operable conditions which yield the desired 2-substituted azaindole or 2-substituted thienopyrrole product. A preferred temperature for the processes for the production of 2-substituted azaindoles or 2-substituted thienopyrrole is about 100 0C, although this temperature can be higher or lower depending upon the reagents, reaction conditions and the solvent used. Typical reaction times are between 1 and 14 hours, although longer or shorter times may be used if necessary.
The 2-substituted azaindole or 2-substituted thienopyrrole product can be recovered by conventional methods known to those skilled in the art, for example crystallization and silica gel chromatography. The yield of the product 2-substituted azaindole or 2- substituted thienopyrrole will vary depending upon the specific pre-catalyst, ligand, base, starting materials and process conditions used. Typically, the 2-substituted azaindole or 2-substituted thienopyrrole is provided in a yield greater than 50%, preferably in a yield of greater than 70%, more preferably in a yield greater than 80%. In a preferred embodiment, the s-Phos is present at about 6 mol %, Pd(OAc)2 is present at about 3 mol %, the base comprises K3PO4-H2O and is present at about 5 equivalents, the solvent is toluene, the ort/jo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine comprises ortho-gem- dichlorovinylaminopyridine which is as described for Example 2a, Table 1, and the organoboronic reagent comprises an organoboronic acid of structure R4-B(OH)2, and the yield is greater than 60%, preferably greater than 70%, more preferably greater than 80%.
In another embodiment of the present invention, when R2 is alkoxycarbonyl in the final 2-substituted azaindole or 2-substituted thienopyrrole prepared by the processes of the present invention, the process may also include an additional step of cleavage of the alkoxycarbonyl group to afford a 2-substituted azaindole or 2-substituted thienopyrrole wherein R2 is H. Methods and reaction conditions for the cleavage of alkoxycarbonyl groups are known to those skilled in the art, for example, such as those disclosed in Theodora W. Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley Interscience Publications, John Wiley & Sons, New York, copyright 1981), the details of which are incorporated herein by reference in this regard. In one embodiment, a mixture of TFA and dichloromethane is used to effect removal of the alkoxycarbonyl group from an azaindole substrate. In another embodiment, HCl is used to afford cleavage of the alkoxycarbonyl group from an azaindole substrate. In another embodiment, NaOMe was used to effect removal of the alkoxycarbonyl group from a thienopyrrole substrate. In another embodiment of the present invention, when R2 is benzyl, or a substituted benzyl in the final 2-substituted azaindole prepared by the processes of the present invention, the process may also include an additional step of cleavage of the optionally substituted N-benzyl group to afford a 2-substituted azaindole wherein R2 is H. Methods and reaction conditions for the cleavage of benzyl groups are known to those skilled in the art, for example, such as those disclosed in Theodora W. Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley Interscience Publications, John Wiley & Sons, New York, copyright 1981), the details of which are incorporated herein by reference in this regard.
The present invention also provides novel processes for the chemical synthesis of the precursor ørt/jø-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ortAø-gew-dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds which are exemplified in the Examples below, for use in the novel process for the chemical synthesis of 2-substituted azaindole compounds or 2-substituted thienopyrrole compounds.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho- gerø-dihalogen vinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
Figure imgf000080_0001
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to
20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula
(VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R3 is H, CF3, or alkynyl optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, R2 is H and Halo is bromo, said process comprising the steps of: (a) reacting a nitropyridinecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIV) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XIV):
Figure imgf000081_0001
wherein Ri is as defined above, and R3 is as defined above, with CBr4 and PPh3 under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortho-gem-dihalovinyl compound of formula (XV)
Figure imgf000081_0002
(XV)
wherein Ri is as defined above, R3 is as defined above, and Halo is bromo and the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the pyridine ring marked by an asterisk in formula (XV); and
(b) reducing the compound of formula (XV) under conditions effective to reduce the nitro group of the compound of formula (XV) without affecting the functional groups present in the compound, to afford the compound of formula (VI).
In another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho- gew-dihalogen vinylaminopyridine compound of formula (XVI), wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked with an asterisk in formula (XVI):
Figure imgf000082_0001
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula
(XVI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R3 is H, CF3 or alkynyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents; R2 is H, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, aryl or aryl-lower alkyl-; R5 is H, alkyl or alkoxycarbonyl, with the proviso that both R2 and R5 are not H; and Halo is bromo, said process comprising the steps of:
reacting a aminopyridinecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XVII) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked with an asterisk in formula (XVII):
Figure imgf000082_0002
wherein Rj, R2, R3 and Rs are as defined above, with CBr4 and PPh3 under conditions effective to generate in situ the ort&o-gem-dihalovinyl compound of formula (XVI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the pyridine ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVI):
Figure imgf000083_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3 and R5 are as defined above, and Halo is bromo.
In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ort/zo-gem-dihalovinylammopyridine compound of formula (XVI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVI):
Figure imgf000083_0002
(XVI)
wherein each of the one or more R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fiuoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (XVI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R2 is H, alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents; R5 is H, alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents, with the proviso that both R2 and R5 are not H; and R3 is H, alkyl or alkynyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo is chloro, said process comprising the steps of: reacting a pyridinecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XVII) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVII):
Figure imgf000084_0001
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R5 are as defined above, with 2 or more equivalents of CHCl3 and PPh3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu, wherein said equivalents are relative to formula (XVII), under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortho-gem- dichlorovinyl compound of formula (XVI), wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVI):
Figure imgf000084_0002
(XVI)
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R5 are as defined above and Halo is chloro.
Additional methods for the preparation of ortho-gem-dibτomoviny\ compounds are known in the art, for example, see, Eymery, F.; Iorga, B, Synthesis, 2000, 185-213, the details of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in this regard.
In another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho- gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the thiophene ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000085_0001
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of Formula
(VIII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R3 is H, CF3, or alkynyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents; R2 is alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo is bromo, said process comprising the steps of:
reacting a aminothiophenecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIX) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the thiophene ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XIX):
Figure imgf000085_0002
wherein Rj, R2, and R3 are as defined above, with CBr4 and PPh3 under conditions effective to generate in situ the ort/zo-gem-dihalovinyl compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000086_0001
wherein Ri, R2, and R3 are as defined above, and Halo is bromo.
In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ørt/20-ge/M-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the thiophene ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000086_0002
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of Formula (VIII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R2 is alkoxycarbonyl optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and R3 is H, alkyl, or alkynyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo is chloro, said process comprising the steps of: reacting an aminothiophenecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIX) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XIX):
Figure imgf000087_0001
wherein Rj, R2, and R3 are as defined above, with 2 or more equivalents of CHCl3 and PPh3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu, wherein said equivalents are relative to formula (XIX), under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortho-gem- dichloro vinyl compound of formula (VIII).
In another embodiment, the ort/zo-gemdihalovinylaminopyridines were prepared from the corresponding protected ort/20-aminopyridinecarboxyaldehydes or pyridyl ketones, wherein R3 is H, alkynyl or CF3. The process involves the alkylation of an N-Boc- aminopyridinecarboxaldehyde using a modified procedure (Krein, D. M.; Lowary, T. L.
J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 4965), followed by conversion of the aldehyde to the ortho- gemdibromovinylpyridylamines using Ramirez' conditions (CBr4/PPh3) (Ramiraz, F; Desal, N. B.; McKelvie, N. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1962, 84, 1745) or other methods known to those skilled in the art. Removal of the Boc group was achieved using HCl or using an appropriate method known to those skilled in the art.
Scheme 18
Figure imgf000087_0002
The aminopyridine carboxaldehydes (and ketones), and aminothiophenecarboxaldehydes (and ketones), were prepared from the corresponding Boc or Piv-protected aminopyridines (2, 3, or 4-aminopyridines) or Boc or Piv protected aminothiophene by a directed lithiation followed by trapping the lithio species with DMF or N- formylpiperidine (aldehyde), or Weinreb amides (ketones) known to those skilled in the art (Schemes 19 and 20) (Venuti, M. C; Stephenson, R. A.; Alvarez, R.; Bruno, J. J.; Strosberg, A. M. J. Med. Chem. 1988, 31, 2136. Nahm, S.; Weinreb, S. M. Tetrahedron Lett. 1981, 22, 3815). R3 can be H, alkyl, haloalkyl but is not restricted to these substituents, R2 is either Boc or Piv. Many of these aldehydes are also commercially available.
Scheme 19
Figure imgf000088_0001
Scheme 20
Figure imgf000088_0003
ide
Figure imgf000088_0002
Figure imgf000088_0004
In another embodiment the gem-dichlorovinylaminopyridines were synthesized from the corresponding aldehyde or ketone by using the Wittig reagent, CCl2PPh3 (Scheme 21). The CCl2PPh3 reagent was conveniently prepared from the reaction of chloroform, triphenylphosphine, and KO'Bu HO'Bu (Speziale, A. J.; Ratts, K. W. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1962, 84, 854). A modified procedure was used (Speziale, A. J.; Ratts, K. W.; Bissing, D. E. Org. Syn., Coll. Vol. 5, 361). The modifications are as follows: use of 1.5 or more equivalents of CHCl3, PPh3, and KO'Bu HO'Bu to afford higher yields; also, H2O2 was used to oxidize the excess PPh3 during the workup instead of highly toxic HgCl2. This method is also suitable for the synthesis of both isomers of ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophenes whereby the thiophene is substituted at the 2,3 positions. R3 can be H, alkyl, haloalkyl but is not restricted to these substituents, R2 can be H, alkyl, alkoxycarbonyl but is not restricted to these groups.
The results of substrate synthesis are summarized in Table 1.
Scheme 21
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000089_0002
The /V-alkyl 2-amino-3-dichlorovinylpyridines can be prepared using a modified procedure in the literature (Rrein, D. M.; Lowary, T. L. J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 4965). By treatment of a mixture of 7V-Boc 2-amino-3-dichlorovinylpyridine and alkyl halide in anhydrous DMF with NaH, the BocNH group is alkylated and the Boc group can be deprotected under acidic conditions (Scheme 22). Scheme 22
Figure imgf000090_0001
Another method of preparation of iV-alkyl 2-amino-3-dichlorovinylpyridine is alkylation of the aldehyde followed by olefination using the method described previously and HCl Boc deprotection (Scheme 23).
Scheme 23
Figure imgf000090_0002
Examples of N-substituted gem-dihalovinylaminopyridines and N-substituted gem- dihalovinylaminothiophenes prepared using the processes as herein described are illustrated in Table 1.
Table 1
Figure imgf000090_0003
Figure imgf000091_0001
Any solvents may be used in the processes of the present invention for the formation of the starting material ort/zo-gemhalovinylaminopyridine or ortho- gemhalovinylaminothiophene compounds provided that they do not interfere with the formation of the desired ortho-gew-halovinylaminopyridine or ortho- gemhalovinylaminothiophene products. Both protic and aprotic and combinations thereof are acceptable. Suitable solvents include but are not limited to dichloromethane and ethanol, ether, dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, THF and the like which are compatible with the reaction.
The ort/jø-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds or ort/jo-gem-dihalovinyl- aminothiophene compounds can be recovered by conventional methods known to those skilled in the art, for example crystallization, silica gel chromatography, vacuum distillation and the like, where appropriate. The yield of the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds or ortAø-gerøhalovinylaminothiophene compounds will vary including depending upon the bases, starting materials and process conditions used. Typically, the ortΛo-gemdihalovinylaminopyridine or ortho- gemhalovinylaminothiophene is provided in a yield greater than about 40%. In another embodiment, the ort/?o-gem-dihalogenvinylaminopyridine compound or ortho- ge/nhalovinylaminothiophene compound is afforded in a yield of between about 40% and about 85% yield.
The process conditions for the preparation of the ortΛo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ort/zø-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds from either their respective aldehydes or ketones can be any operable conditions which yield the desired the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine or ørtλo-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene products. Preferred temperatures for the processes for the production of the ortho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine or ort/jø-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds are set out in the examples below, although temperatures can be higher or lower depending upon the reagents, reaction conditions and the solvent used. Typical reaction times are set out in the examples below, although longer or shorter times may be used if necessary.
The ort/zo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine or ørt/?ø-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds can be recovered by conventional methods known to those skilled in the art, for example crystallization and silica gel chromatography.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of an ortho- gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
Figure imgf000093_0001
(VI)
wherein each of the one or more Ri substituents is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R2 is H, R3 is H, alkyl, or alkynyl optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo comprises chloro, said process comprising the steps of: (a) reacting a nitropyridinecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIV) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XIV)
Figure imgf000093_0002
wherein Ri and R3 are as defined above for formula (VI), with 2 or more equivalents of CHCl3 and PPh3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortAo-gem-dichlorovinyl compound of formula (XV)
Figure imgf000093_0003
wherein Ri, R3 and Halo are as defined above; and (b) reducing the compound of formula (XV) under conditions effective to reduce the nitro group of the compound of formula (XV), without affecting the functional groups present in the compound, to afford the compound of formula (VI). In a preferred embodiment, the reducing agent is SnCl22H2O (except where R3 is alknyl). Other appropriate reducing conditions are known to those of skill in the art, and include those disclosed in R.C. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformation (2nd Ed), Wiley- VCH, New York, 1999, pp. 821-828, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in this regard.
Use of two or more equivalents of CHCl3 and PPh3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu is expected to afford higher yields than reported previously (Olah et al., J. Org. Chem. 1975, 40, 8, 1107-1110).
Thus, a number of ørt/zo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds can be prepared using the processes of the invention. In one embodiment, the invention provides a novel ortAo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound or a salt thereof selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000094_0001
Additionally, a number of ort/*o-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compounds can be prepared using the processes of the invention. In another embodiment, the invention provides a novel ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound or a salt thereof selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000095_0001
In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a process for the preparation of N- arylaminopyridine compounds of formula (VI) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the pyridine ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
Figure imgf000095_0002
wherein Halo comprises Br or Cl; R2 comprises aryl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-loweralkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; said process comprising the steps of:
reacting a compound of formula (XIII) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions marked by an asterisk in formula (XIII):
Figure imgf000096_0001
(XIII)
wherein Halo, Ri, R3 are as defined above, with an organoboron reagent comprising a boronic acid, boronic acid anhydride or BF3 " salt of R2, wherein R2 is as defined above, in the presence of at least about 1.5 equivalent of a copper (II) catalyst relative to the compound of formula (VI), at least about 0.3 equivalents of a C8-C20 fatty acid relative to the compound of formula (VI), molecular oxygen, and a non-nucleophilic base, at a reaction temperature of between about 40 0C and 60 0C, under conditions effective to form a C-N bond between formula (VI) and the R2 group of the organoboron reagent, to afford the N-arylaniline compounds of formula (VI). These compounds are useful for the synthesis of 2-substituted azaindoles of the present invention. In another aspect, the fatty acid comprises myristic acid. In yet another aspect, the non-nucleophilic base comprises lutidine or collidine. This improved method is expected to afford arylation of sterically hindered aminopyridines, which can be challenging to achieve by conventional methods, in good yield with less copper (II) catalyst required than previously known in the art (Antilla et al., Organic Letters 2001, 3, 13, 2077-2079).
N-alkylated ørt/zo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compounds may also be prepared via reductive amination reactions, representative examples of which are illustrated in Scheme 24 below:
Scheme 24
Figure imgf000096_0002
wherein R1, R3, and X (halo) are as previously defined for Formula (VI) above. The aldehyde/ketone substituents R2' and R2" may independently be H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or other suitable substituents. The reductive sources for such reactions include, but are not limited to, NaBH(OAc)3, NaBH4, Na(CN)BH3, and the like. Standard reductive amination reaction conditions are known to the person skilled in the art, and it is understood that conditions used to effect such reactions must be compatible with the functional groups present on the substrates. The process conditions for the above embodiment can be any operable conditions which yield the desired iV-alkylated products (Richard C. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformation, Wiley VCH, New York, copyright 1999; Reddy, TJ. et al. Synlett, 2005, 583; Abdel-Magid, A. F. et al J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 3849; Bomann, M.D. et al. J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 5995).
2-substituted azaindole compounds synthesized by reacting the gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine or gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide with an organoboron reagent in the presence of a palladium metal pre-catalyst, ligand, and base in a solvent are shown in Table 2. In a preferred embodiment Pd(OAc)2 is used as the catalyst, S-Phos or X-Phos is used as the ligand, K3PO4-H2O is used as the base and toluene is used as the solvent, although the reaction is not restricted to the reagents listed above. In a preferred embodiment, the S-Phos is present at about 6 mol %, Pd(OAc)2 is present at about 3 mol %, the base comprises K3PO4-H2O and is present at about 5 equivalents, the solvent is toluene, the ort/zo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridines comprises [3-(2,2-dibromovinyl)pyridin-2-yl]methylamine which is as described for Example 2a, and the organoboronic reagent comprises phenylboronic acid of structure R4-B(OH)2, and the yield is greater than 50%, preferably greater than 70%, more preferably greater than 80%.
Scheme 25
Figure imgf000097_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
The ligands L-I to L-4 are defined as follows:
Figure imgf000102_0001
Generalized preferred ligand structure S-Phos X-Phos Dave-Phos L-4 L-1 L-2 L-3
Typically, for a coupling involving chloro functionality, an electron-rich, sterically hindered phosphine ligand, or N-heterocyclic carbene ligand are used known to those skilled in the art (for a review, see: Littke, A. F.; Fu, G. C. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. 2002, 41, 4176.). An example of such preferred ligand family is Buchwald's biphenyl-type of ligands some of which are shown above (Buchwald, S. L.; Old, D. W.; Wolfe, J. P.; Palucki, M.; Kamikawa, K. In (Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA). US 6,307,087, 2001), many of which are commercially available (see formulae shown above). The substitution on one of the phenyl groups provides fine-tuning of the steric and electronic properties of the catalyst systems, enabling enhancement of the yield of certain azaindole preparation.
One of the crucial requirements, for a successful reaction for the azaindole synthesis is an appropriate substituent on the amino nitrogen group. Substrates with free NH2 group gave no formation of the corresponding azaindole product, resulting in slow decomposition of the substrate, as well as catalyst poisoning. Suitable substituent on the amino group (R2) can be alkyl, alkoxycarbonyl or alkylaryl. On the other hand, it is more advantageous to use an alkoxylcarbonyl (t-butoxycarbonyl, Boc) substituted amino group as it is required during the substrate synthesis. In a few cases, the iV-Boc- azaindoles or N-Cbz-azaindoles formed in the coupling process are partially or fully deprotected in situ. (Examples 2aa and 2z).
A preferred temperature for the processes for the production of 4, 5, 6, or 7-azaindoles is about 100 0C, although this temperature can be higher or lower depending upon the reagents, reaction conditions and the solvent used. Typical reaction times are between 2 and 44 hours, although longer or shorter times may be used if necessary. The 4, 5, 6, or 7-azaindoles product can be recovered by conventional methods known to those skilled in the art, for example crystallization and silica gel chromatography. The yield of the product azaindole will vary depending upon the specific pre-catalyst, ligand, base, starting materials and process conditions used. Typically, the azaindoles were in provided in a yield greater than 50%, preferably in a yield of greater than 70%, more preferably in a yield greater than 80%.
In an attempt to synthesize 4-azaindole from N-Cbz-[2-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)-pyridin-3- yl] amine (Scheme 26), only a complex mixture was obtained. This is presumably due to the formation of a relatively stable palladium intermediate, in which the pyridyl nitrogen coordinates to the metal complex after oxidative addition. This intermediate may prevent further C-N bond formation, resulting in decomposition or undesired couplings. To prevent this, the pyridyl nitrogen was protected by an TV-oxide (Scheme 26). This strategy leads to a successful reaction to obtain the desired azaindole product in good to excellent yields (examples 2z and 2aa). In these cases, the iV-Cbz-azaindoles formed in the coupling process were completely deprotected in situ under the reaction conditions (example 2z and 2aa) due to the lability of the Cbz group under basic conditions.
Scheme 26
Figure imgf000103_0001
The halogen in the substrates can be either chloro or bromo, although chloro substrates are preferred as they typically give higher yields (Example 2a vs. Example 2b; and
Example 2e vs. Example 2f). Also, the method of preparing the chloro substrates are more highly yielding compared to bromo substrates starting from the same ortho-(t- butoxycarbamyl)pyridinecarboxaldehydes.
Various organoboron reagents comprised of electron-rich, electron-poor, sterically hindered aromatic, heteroaromatic, and alkenyl boronic acids are able to couple with the substrate to give the desired azaindoles. Typically, a slight excess to the stoichiometric amount of boronic acid (1.2-1.5 equiv. depending on the substrate) is used since the parasitic homocoupling of the boronic acid consumes part of the boronic acid.
Various palladium metal pre-catalysts including Pd(O) and Pd(II) are valid palladium metal sources known to those skilled in the art.
Also, N-alkoxylcarbonylazaindoles can be easily removed to give lH-azaindoles under conventional methods analogous to N-alkoxylcarbonylindoles known to those skilled in the art (Greene, T. W. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley Interscience Publications, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1999). In one embodiment, the invention provides a process for the deprotection of the N-alkoxycarbonyl azaindoles of formula (V) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the pyridine ring marked by an asterisk in formula (V):
Figure imgf000104_0001
(V)
.wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of Η, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions, R2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
the process comprising treating a compound of formula (V) with an acid to form the N-H azaindole wherein R2 is H and Ri, R3 and R4 are as defined above for compound (V).
One example under acidic conditions is illustrated in Scheme 27, in which 1H-6- azaindole is obtained in good yield.
Scheme 27
Figure imgf000105_0001
In another example, both Boc and methoxy groups of l-Boc-2-(2-methoxyquinolin-3- yl)-6-azaindole were deprotected under acidic conditions to give 3-(lΗ-pyrrolo[2,3- c]pyridin-2-yl)-lH-quinolin-2-one (Scheme 28). The product is a KDR kinase inhibitor, which is potentially useful for the treatment of cancer. (Fraley, M. E.; Hartman, G. D.; Hungate, R. W. In PCT Int. Appl; (Merck & Co., Inc., USA). WO 01062252, 2001.) Scheme 28
Figure imgf000106_0001
4-Oxy-4-azaindoles (example 2y, 2z) obtained from this process can be deoxygenated under the conditions known to those skilled in the art.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a process for the removal of the N-oxide from a compound of formula (XI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the A-, 5-, 6-, or 7- positions in formula (XI):
Figure imgf000106_0002
.wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
the process comprising treating the N-oxide of formula (XI) with a reducing agent to form the reduced compound of formula (V) wherein R1, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above for compound (XI) and wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7- positions in formula (V).
Figure imgf000107_0001
(V)
One example is illustrated in Scheme 29, in which l-H-4-azaindole is obtained in good yield using PCl3 conditions. Other appropriate conditions are known to those of skill in the art, and include those disclosed in Albini, A.; Pietra, S. Heterocyclic N-oxides CRC Press: Boca Raton. 1991, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in this regard.
Scheme 29
Figure imgf000107_0002
Another application of this method is the synthesis of a Smad3 inhibitor SIS3, which can potentially be used for the treatment for systematic sclerosis or scleroderma (Jinnin, M.; Ihn, H.; Tamaki, K. MoI Pharmacol 2006, 69, 597 Maruyama, Y.; Hirabayashi, K.; Hori, K. (Nippon Shinyaku Co., Ltd., Japan) PCT Int. Appl. WO 2003037862 (2003) ). Such process starts from l-methyl-2-phenyl-7-azaindole, which was prepared efficiently from either [3-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-methylamine (example 11) or [3-(2,2- dibromovinyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-methylamine (example Ii) using the tandem coupling method. Iodination at the 3-position of the azaindole using 7V-iodosuccimide (NIS) gave the iodoazaindole in excellent yield (95%). A Heck reaction between the iodide and 1- (6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydro-lH-isoquinolin-2-yl)-propenone (Watanabe, T.; Kakefuda, A.; Kubota, H.; Masuda, N. In Jpn. Kokai Tokkyo Koho; (Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Japan). JP 11269172, 1999, p 16 pp) under microwave radiation gave the final product in excellent yield (90%) (Scheme 30)
Scheme 30
Figure imgf000108_0001
Thus, a variety of azaindole compounds can be produced using the processes of the invention, hi one embodiment, the invention provides a novel 2-substituted azaindole or a salt thereof selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000109_0001
Preparation of thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole and thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole from the corresponding ortAø-NHBoc-gemdichlorovinylthiophenes can be performed in a similar way to the azaindoles. The thienopyrrole products can be recovered by conventional methods known to those skilled in the art, for example crystallization and silica gel chromatography. The yield of the thienopyrrole product will vary depending upon the specific pre-catalyst, ligand, base, starting materials and process conditions used. Typically, the thienopyrrole in provided in a yield greater than 50%, preferably in a yield of greater than 70%, more preferably in a yield greater than 80%. In a preferred embodiment, the S-Phos is present at about 6 mol %, Pd(OAc)2 is present at about 3 mol %, the base comprises K3PO4-H2O and is present at about 5 equivalents, the solvent is toluene, the ørt/zo-NHBoc-gemdichlorovinylthiophenes comprises [3-(2,2- dichlorovinyl)thiophen-2-yl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, which is described in Example 3 a, and the organoboronic reagent comprises an organoboronic acid of structure Ri-B(OH)2, and the yield is greater than 50%, preferably greater than 70%, more preferably greater than 80%.
Scheme 31
Figure imgf000110_0001
2-Substituted thionopyrroles prepared by this method are shown below. The ligands have been previously defined.
Table 3
Figure imgf000110_0002
Figure imgf000111_0001
Similar to the azaindole synthesis, the substituents on the amino group are crucial for the success of the coupling reaction. Substrates with a free -NH2 or -NHR (where R is an alkyl group) are unstable at rt in air, hence unsuitable for the synthesis of thienopyrroles. Suitable groups are electron-withdrawing groups, such as alkoxycarbony (e.g. Boc) to stabilize sensitive aminopyrrole substrates.
Similar to the azaindole synthesis, the halogen in the substrates can be either chloro or bromo, although chloro substrates are preferred. Also, the method for preparing the chloro substrates is more convenient.
Various organoboron reagents comprising of electron-rich, electron-poor,' sterically hindered aromatic, heteroaromatic, alkenyl boronic acids (example 3a-3j) are able to couple with the substrate to give the desired thienopyrroles. Typically, a slight excess to the stoichiometric amount of boronic acid (1.2-1.5 equiv. depending on the substrate) is used since the parasitic homocoupling of the boronic acid consumes part of the boronic acid.
Various palladium metal pre-catalysts including Pd(O) and Pd(II) are valid palladium metal sources known to those skilled in the art.
The ligand is one of the crucial factors for a successful thienopyrrole synthesis reaction. Typically, for a coupling reaction involving a chloro functionality, an electron-rich, sterically hindered phosphine ligand, or iV-heterocyclic carbene ligand known to those skilled in the art is preferred (for a review, see: Littke, A. F.; Fu, G. C. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. 2002, 41, 4176.). An example of such a preferred ligand family is Buchwald's biphenyl-type of ligands (Buchwald, S. L.; Old, D. W.; Wolfe, J. P.; Palucki, M.; Kamikawa, K. In (Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA). US 6,307,087, 2001), many of which are commercially available (see formulae on page 101). The substitution on one of the phenyl groups provides fine-tuning of the steric and electronic properties of the catalyst systems, enabling to enhance the yield of certain azaindole preparation
111
SUBSTiTUTE SHEET (RULE ZS) Thus, a variety of thienopyrroles can be obtained using the processes of the invention. In one embodiment, the invention provides a novel 2-substituted thienopyrrole or a salt thereof selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000113_0001
Analogous to the azaindoles, N-alkoxylcarbonylthienopyrroles can be easily deprotected to give H-thienopyrroles under basic conditions similar to those conditions to cleave N- alkoxylcarbonylpyrroles known to those skilled in the art (Greene, T. W. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley Interscience Publications, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1999). In one embodiment, the invention provides a process for the deprotection of the N-alkoxycarbonyl thienopyrrole compounds of formula (VII) where the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the aromatic ring:
Figure imgf000113_0002
(VII)
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
the process comprising treating a compound of formula (VII) with a base to form the N- H thienopyrrole wherein R2 is H and Ri, R3 and R4 are as defined above for compound (VII).
An example of this is shown in Scheme 32. Other suitable methods can also be used such as silica gel under high vacuum (Wensbo, D.; Gronowtiz, S. Tetrahedron 1996, 52, 14975-14988. Apelqvist, T.; Wensbo, D. Tetrahedron Lett. 1996, 37, 1471).
Scheme 32
Figure imgf000114_0001
Every reference cited herein is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Examples
General Procedures: All reactions were carried out under N2. Solvents and solutions were added with a syringe, unless otherwise noted. Analytical TLC was performed using EM separations precoated silica gel 0.2 mm layer UV fluorescent sheets. Column chromatography was carried out as "flash chromatography" as reported by Still using Merck 60 (230-400 mesh) silica gel (Still, W. C; Kahn, M.; Mitra, A. J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 2923-5). Unless otherwise specified, extracts were dried over MgSO4 and solvents were removed with a rotary evaporator at aspirator pressure.
Toluene was distilled under N2 from Na/benzophenone immediately prior to use. Phosphine ligands were purchased from Strem Chemical Company and other pre- catalysts or reagents were obtained from commercial sources without further purification.
Melting points were taken on a Fisher- Johns melting point apparatus without correction. IR spectra were obtained using Nicolet DX FT IR spectrometer as thin films on NaCl plates. High-resolution mass spectra were obtained from a VG 70-250S (double focusing) mass spectrometer at 70 eV. 1H, 13C, and 19F NMR spectra were obtained using Varian Unity 500, Mercury 400, Mercury 300 or Gemini 300 spectrometers. 1H spectra were referenced to tetramethylsilane (TMS, 0 ppm) using CDCl3 as solvent, DMSO-D5 residue peaks (2.50 ppm) using DMSO-d6 as a solvent, CHD2OD residue peaks (3.30 ppm) using CD3OD as a solvent. 13C spectra were referenced to solvent carbons (77.23 ppm for CDCl3; 39.57 ppm for DMSO-d6, 49.15 ppm for CD3OD). When carbons are equivalent, no special notation is used.
Example 1: Synthesis of ortho-gemdihalovinylaminopyridine and ortho- gemdihalovinylaminothiophene derivatives
Example Ia: Synthesis of [3-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)pyridin-2-yl] carbamic acid tert- butyl ester
Figure imgf000115_0001
1a A modified literature procedure was applied to prepare [3-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)pyridin-2- yl] carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (Speziale, A. J.; Ratts, K. W.; Bissing, D. E. Org. Syn., Coll. Vol. 5, 361).
Preparation of KO'BU HO'BU: A mixture of KO'Bu (56 g), HO'Bu (46 g), and anhydrous 5 heptane (100 niL) was heated to 115 0C (reflux) for 1 h. Heptane was distilled out at bath temperature of 115 0C. The residual HO'Bu was removed under vacuum (0.3 mm Hg) for 1 h to yield a white powder (90.5 g, 97%).
General procedure: To a round-bottom flask was charged with KO'Bu HO'Bu (1.86 g, 10 mmol) and powdered PPh3 (2.62 g, 10 mmol) and purged with argon for 10 min.
10 After heptane (15 mL) was added, the mixture was cooled to 0 0C in an ice bath. To the vigrously stirred mixture, a solution of chloroform (1.19 g) in heptane (5 mL) was added dropwise so that the internal temperature was maintained under 3 0C. After addition, the mixture was stirring for additional 30 min. The mixture was concentrated to about 10 mL under high vacuum at rt. To the mixture (3-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl
15 ester (1.11 g, 5 mmol) at 0 0C was added in one portion followed by dry benzene (3 mL) and the mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched by the addition of NH4Cl solution (20 mL), extracted with DCM (3x20 mL). H2O2 (10%, 1 mL) was added to the aqueous phase mixture and stirred for 30 min. The organic phase was washed with H2O (50 mL) and brine (20 mL) and dried over MgSO4. The product was further purified
20 by flash chromatography on silica gel (33% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the desired product (1.24 g, 86%) as a white solid, mp: 151-152 0C. IR (CHCl3, cm"1): 3415, 2981, 1731, 1576, 1489, 1438, 1369, 1154. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.38 (IH, dd, J=4.9, 1.7 Hz), 7.94 (IH, ddd, J=7.7, 1.8, 0.7 Hz), 7.71 (IH, br), 7.14 (IH, dd, J= 7.7, 4.8 Hz), 6.85 (IH, s), 1.51 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 152.7, 149.1, 148.3, 138.5,
25 125.0, 123.9, 123.2, 120.4, 81.5, 28.3. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C12Hj4N2O2NaCl2 ([M+Na]+) 311.0324. Found: 311.0331.
Example Ib: Synthesis of 2-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)-pyridin-3-ylamine
Figure imgf000116_0001
The general procedure for the preparation of gemdichloro vinyl substrate was performed on a 25 mmol scale to afford the product as a white solid mixture with PPh3(O). The mixture was taken into HCl (50 mL, 6N), and heated to 110 0C overnight (12 h). The mixture was cooled to rt, extracted with Et2O (3x20 mL). The aqueous layer was neutralized with NaOH and K2CO3, extracted with EtOAc (3χ50 mL), washed with brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The crude product was further purified by flash chromatography to afford the product was a white crystalline solid. (3.47 g, 73% over 2 steps), mp: 79-80 0C. IR (neat, cm"1): 3332, 3206, 1613, 1582, 1449, 1313, 1264. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.09 (IH, X in ABX, JAχ=4.5 Hz, JBX=1.7 Hz), 7.07 (IH, A in ABX, JAB=8.2 Hz, JAχ=4.5 Hz), 7.02 (IH, B in ABX, JAB= 8.2 Hz, JBX=1J Hz), 6.87 (IH, s), 3.81 (2H, br). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 140.7, 140.0, 138.4, 126.5, 124.9, 124.2, 123.0. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C7H6N2Cl2 ([M+H]+) 188.9980. Found: 188.9983.
Example Id: Synthesis of benzyl-[3-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)-pyridin-2-yI]-amine
Figure imgf000117_0001
To a solution of the aldehyde (0.237 g, 1.17 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added BnBr (0.270 g, 1.58 mmol) at 0 0C. To the mixture was added NaH (0.063 g, 60% mineral oil, 1.58 mmol) in three portions over 15 min and stirred for an additional 15 min. The mixture was warmed to rt and stirred for 30 min before quenched by the addition of NaHCO3 (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with Et2O (3x1 OmL), and the combined organic layers were washed with H2O (10 mL), NaHCO3 (10 mL), brine (10 mL), and dried over Na2SO4. The product was purified by flash chromatography (15% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford a yellowish oil (0.275, 75%), which was used directly in the olefination steps following the general procedure to afford a yellowish oil. The mixture was added to an aqueous HCl solution (10 mL, 3 M) and heated to 75 0C for 2 h. The mixture was then basifϊed using K2CO3, extracted with Et2O (3χ15 mL), and dried over Na2SO4. The product was purified by flash chromatography (15% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford a yellow solid (0.227 g, 93% in 2 steps), mp: 57-58 0C. IR (neat, cm"1): 3438, 3316, 3027, 1588, 1498, 1407, 1274. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.14 (IH, dd, J=4.8, 1.5 Hz), 7.55 (IH, d, J=6.8 Hz), 7.38-7.27 (5H, m), 6.65 (IH, dd, J=7.2, 5.1 Hz), 6.58 (IH, s), 4.67 (2H, d, J=5.5 Hz), 4.49 (IH, br). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 155.2, 148.5, 139.7, 137.3, 128.8, 128.1, 127.5, 125.3, 123.5, 114.1, 112.9, 45.9. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C14H13N2Cl2 ([M+H]+) 279.0450. Found: 279.0456.
Example Ie: Synthesis of [4-(2,2-dichlorovinyr)pyridiii-3-yl]-carbamic acid tert- butyl ester
r Ii v I CH0 - r fi-v T— <c cιi
~NHBoc N
NHBoc 1e
The general procedure for the preparation of gemdichloro vinyl substrates was performed on a 5 mmol scale to afford the product as a white solid (0.87 g, 60%). mp: 120-122 0C: IR (neat, cm'1): 3221, 2977, 1728, 1556, 1515, 1418, 1247, 1160. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.02 (IH, br), 8.39 (IH, d, J=5.1 Hz), 7.37 (IH, d, J=5.1 Hz), 6.78 (IH, s), 6.22 (IH, br), 1.54 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 152.8, 145.2, 144.9, 132.9, 132.1, 127.4, 123.0, 122.9, 81.9, 28.4. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C12H15N2O2Cl2 ([M+H]+) 289.0505. Found: 289.0514.
Example If: Synthesis of [4-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)pyridin-3-yl]-carbamic acid tert- butyl ester
Figure imgf000118_0001
1f
The general procedure for the preparation of gemdichloro vinyl substrates was performed on a 25 mmol scale to afford the product as a white solid (6.82 g, 94%). mp: 148-149 0C. IR (neat, cm"1): 3196, 2974, 1733, 1574, 1511, 1245, 1154. 1U NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.46 (IH, s), 8.45 (IH, d, J=5.7 Hz), 8.06, (IH, d, J=5.7 Hz), 6.71 (IH, s), 6.50 (IH, br), 1.55 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 151.8, 150.7, 150.4, 143.3, 127.7, 121.5, 118.2, 112.8, 82.4, 28.4. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C12H15N2O2Cl2 ([MH]+) 289.0505. Found: 289.0512.
Example Ig: [3-(2,2-Dichloro-vinyl)thiophen-2-yl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000119_0001
The general procedure for the preparation of gemdichloro vinyl substrate was performed on a 10 mmol scale to afford the product as a white solid (2.23 g, 76%). mp: 120-121 0C. IR (neat, cm-1): 3200, 2980, 1682, 1553, 1501, 1275, 1153. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.22 (IH, d, J=5.7 Hz), 6.88 (IH, d, J=5.7 Hz), 6.78 (IH, br), 6.66 (IH, s), 1.53 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 152.5, 138.5, 124.5, 121.5, 120.8, 118.8, 117.8, 82.4, 28.4. HRMS calc'd for C11H13NO2SCl2 ([M]+) 293.0044. Found: 293.0039.
Example Ih: [2-(2,2-Dichlorovinyl)thiophen-3-yl]carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000119_0002
The general procedure for the preparation of gewdichlorovinyl substrates was performed on a 4.4 mmol scale to afford the product as a white solid (1.03 g, 80%). mp: 132-133 0C. IR (neat, cm"1): 3268, 2978, 1691, 1553, 1367, 1248, 1159. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.34-7.30 (2H, m, br), 6.89 (IH, br), 6.43 (IH, br), 1.52 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 153.0, 135.8, 126.1, 123.6, 119.6, 119.2, 81.5, 28.5. HRMS calc'd for C11H13NO2SCl2 ([M]+) 293.0044. Found: 293.0039.
Example Ii: Synthesis of [3-(2,2-dibromovinyl)-pyridin-2-yl]methylamine
Figure imgf000119_0003
1 i
To a mixture of the aldehyde (0.222 g, 1 mmol) and DMF (3 mL) was added MeI (0.178 g, 1.25 mmol) at 0 0C. NaH (0.052 g, 60% mineral oil, 1.35 mmol) was added in three portions over 15 min and the resulting yellowish suspension was stirred for an additional 60 min. The mixture was warmed to rt and quenched by the addition Of NaHCO3 (10 mL) and H2O (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with Et2O (3><1 OmL), and the combined organic layers were washed with H2O (10 mL), NaHCO3 (10 mL), brine (10 mL), and dried over Na2SO4. The product was further purified by flash chromatography (25% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford an oil (0.197 g, 84%), which was used in the next step. To a solution of the methylated aldehyde (0.183 g, 0.77 mmol) and CBr4 (0.389 g, 1.17 mmol) was added a solution of PPh3 (0.613 g, 2.34 mmol) in DCM (~1 mL) at 0 0C for 15 min before warmed to it. The mixture was poured into a Na2CO3 solution, extracted with Et2O (2x5 mL), washed with brine (5 mL), dried over Na2SO4. After removal of the solvent, the mixture was filtered through a short column, eluting with 33% EtOAc in hexane containing 1% Et3N to afford a yellowish oil. The oil was taken into a solution of HCl (3M, 10 mL), heated to 75 0C for 30 min, cooled to rt, neutralized with solid K2CO3. After extraction with Et2O, the organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, chromatographed with 20% EtOAc/hexanes to afford a yellowish oil (0.160 g, 71% in 2 steps). IR (neat, cm"1): 3305 (s), 2942 (m), 1593 (s), 1517 (s), 1394 (m), 1268 (m). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.16 (IH, dm, /=5.1 Hz), 7.49 (IH, dm, /-7.5 Hz), 7.15 (IH, s), 6.62 (IH, dd, J=7.5, 5.5 Hz), 4.42 (IH, br), 3.04 (3H, d, J=4.0 Hz). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 155.5, 148.1, 137.1, 132.3, 116.9, 112.3, 95.0, 29.0 HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C8H9Br2N2 ([M+H]+) 290.9126. Found: 290.9126.
Example Ij : Synthesis of benzyl- [3-(2,2-dibromovinyl)-pyridin-2-yl] amine
Figure imgf000120_0001
1j
The procedure for the synthesis of the methyl analogue was performed on a 1.5 mmol scale to afford a slightly yellow oil (36 % over 3 steps). IR (neat, cm"1): 3424, 3040, 1583, 1498. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.17 (IH, dd, J= 4.8, 1.8 Hz), 7.54 (IH, ddd, J= 7.5, 1.8, 0.9 Hz), 7.44-7.28 (4H, m), 7.18 (IH, s), 6.68 (IH, dd, J= 7.5, 5.1 Hz), 4.70 (2H, d, J = 5.5 Hz), 4.52 (IH, br). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 154.9, 148.6, 139.7, 137.2, 132.4, 128.9, 128.1, 127.5, 116.6, 112.9, 95.0, 45.9. HRMS (EI) calc'd for C14Hi2N2Br2 ([M]+) 365.9367. Found: 365.9367.
Example Ik: Synthesis of [3-(2,2-dichloro-l-methylvinyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000121_0001
1k
To a solution of 2-PivNH pyridine (2.82 g, 16 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was added n-BuLi dropwise at -78 0C. After addition, the mixture was warmed to 0 0C (ice bath) and stirred for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to -78 0C, and a solution of 7V-methoxy-N- 5 methylacetamide (2.0 g, 19 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 10 min and warmed to rt overnight. The reaction was quenched by the addition of NH4Cl (30 mL), extracted with Et2O (30 mL), washed NaHCO3, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (50%→100% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford a white solid (1.75 g, 50%). mp: 67-68 0C. IR (neat, cm"1): 3268, 10 2967, 1710, 1694, 1663, 1580, 1504, 1450, 1263, 1153. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 11.53 (IH, s), 8.66 (IH, dd, J=4.7, 1.8 Hz), 8.19 (IH, dd, J=7.9, 2.0 Hz), 7.10 (IH, dd, J = 7.9, 4.8 Hz), 2.67 (3H, s), 1.37 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 201.1, 176.9, 153.7, 152.2, 140.0, 118.1, 40.7, 28.1, 27.5. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for Ci2Hi6N2O2 ([M]+) 220.1211. Found: 220.1211.
15 The general procedure for the preparation of gewdichloro vinyl substrate was followed on 5 mmol scale to afford a white solid (1.276 g, 89%). mp: 116-118 0C. IR (neat, cm"1): 3210, 2967, 1680, 1516, 1438, 1285, 1166. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.38 (IH, dd, J = 4.8, 1.7 Hz), 7.91 (IH, br), 7.55 (IH, dd, J = 7.7, 1.8 Hz), 7.19 (IH, dd, J=7.8, 4.8 Hz), 2.25 (3H, s), 1.32 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 177.01, 148.2, 147.6,
20 137.7, 133.2, 130.7, 121.4, 117.6, 39.7, 27.7, 21.8. HRMS (EI) calc'd for C13Hi6N2OCl2 ([M]+) 286.0640. Found: 286.0643.
A solution of the pivaloyl amide (1.265 g, 4.4 mmol) in HCl (6M, 10 mL) was heated to
110 0C over night (12 h). The mixture was diluted with H2O (10 mL), neutralized with solid K2CO3, extracted with Et2O (3><20 mL), washed with brine, and dried over Na2SO4.
25 The crude material was purified using flash chromatography (33%->50% EtOAc in hexanes) afford a white solid (0.836 g, 94%). mp: 82-83 0C. IR (neat, cm"1): 3474, 3297, 3162, 1631, 1574, 1454. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.06 (IH, dd, J = 4.6, 1.5 Hz), 7.24 (IH, dd, J = 7.5, 1.9 Hz), 6.70 (IH, ddd, J = 7.5, 5.0, 0.5 Hz), 4.44 (2H, br), 2.14 (3H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 154.6, 148.2, 136.8, 132.4, 120.2, 119.7 114.4, 5 21.3. HRMS (EI) calc'd for C8H8N2Cl2 ([M]+) 202.0065. Found: 202.0063.
A mixture of the pyridine amine (0.102 mg, 0.5 mmol) and BoC2O (0.120 mmol, 0.55 mmol) in t-BuOH (2 mL) was stirred at rt for 38 h to result a white suspension. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was taken into a NaHCO3/K2CO3 solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (25 mL), washed with brine, and
10 dried over Na2SO4. The crude material was purified using flash chromatography (25% EtOAc in hexanes) afford a white solid (0.110 g, 72%). mp: 172-174 0C. IR (neat, cm"1): 3162, 2974, 1725, 1519, 1448, 1271, 1161. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.41 (IH, dd, J= 4.8, 1.8 Hz), 7.49 (IH, dd, J= 7.7, 1.8 Hz), 7.09 (IH, dd, J= 7.5, 4.8 Hz), 7.03 (IH, br), 2.20 (3H, s), 1.52 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 152.2, 148.4, 147.8, 137.9,
15 132.3, 127.6, 120.0, 119.3, 81.3, 28.4, 21.8. HRMS (EI) calc'd for C13H17N2O2Cl2 ([M+H]+) 303.0667. Found: 303.0660.
Example 11: Synthesis of [3-(2,2-dichloro-vinyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-methyl-amine
Figure imgf000122_0001
1a 11
To a suspension of [3-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)pyridin-2-yl] carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 0 (0.289 g, 1 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added MeI (84 μL, 1.35 mmol) at 0 0C. To the mixture was added NaH (0.052 g, 60% mineral oil, 1.35 mmol) in three portions over 15 min and stirred for an additional 15 min. The mixture was warmed to rt and stirred for 30 min before quenched by the addition Of NaHCO3 (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with Et2O (3χl0mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with H2O (10 mL), 25 NaHCO3 (10 mL), brine (10 mL), and dried over Na2SO4. The product was further purified by flash chromatography (15-20% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford an oil (0.296 g, 98%), which was used directly in the next step. The mixture was added to an aqueous HCl solution (10 mL, 3 M) and heated to 75 0C for 2 h. The mixture was then basified using K2CO3, extracted with Et2O (3x15 mL), and dried over Na2SO4. The product was purified by flash chromatography (20% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford a white solid (0.1704 g, 84% in 2 steps), mp: 76-77 0C. IR (neat, cm'1): 3340, 3271, 2940, 1593, 1574, 1395, 1276. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.15 (IH, dd, ./=5.1, 1.8 Hz), 7.51 (IH, d, J=7.5 Hz), 6.62 (IH, dd, J=7.5, 5.1 Hz), 6.58 (IH, s), 4.29 (2H, br), 3.03 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 156.1, 148.5, 137.0, 125.2, 123.7, 114.3, 112.4, 28.9. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C8H9N2Cl2 ([MH]+) 203.0137. Found: 203.0131.
Example Im: Synthesis of [2-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)-l-oxypyridin-3-yl]-carbamic acid benzyl ester
Figure imgf000123_0001
1m Benzyl chloro formate (0.68 mL, 4.8 mmol) was added to a suspension of the aminopyridine (600 mg, 3.2 mmol) in saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (6 mL) and acetone (24 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction was warmed slowly to rt and stirred for 7 h then re-cooled to 0 0C and more benzyl chloro formate (1.4 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (12 mL) added. The reaction was warmed to rt and another further addition of benzyl chloroformate and NaHCO3 solution was made after 24 h. After a further 24 h, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 20% EtOAc/hexane to give an inseparable mixture of the product and benzyl alcohol. The mixture was heated to 55 0C at 0.12 mm Hg until most of the benzyl alcohol had been removed. The product was obtained as a colourless oil (containing 20% BnOH), which was directly used in the next step without further purification. Corrected yield (831 mg, 80%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.38 (IH, dd, J= 4.6, 1.3 Hz), 8.34 (IH, br s), 7.45-7.34 (6H, m), 6.89 (IH, s), 6.59 (IH, br s), 5.23 (2H, s). HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C15Hi3N2O2Cl2 ([M+H]+): 323.0348. Found: 323.0353.
w-CPBA (1.05 g, 4.70 mmol) was added to a solution of the CBz protected substrate (831 mg, 2.6 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (26 mL) and stirred at rt for 14 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo then the residue taken up in MeOH and preadsorbed onto silica gel. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 5% MeOH/EtOAc to give the N-oxide as a white solid (604 mg, 1.8 mmol, 69%). mp: 128-130 °C. IR (neat, cm"1): 2921, 1728, 1541, 1432, 1242. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.08 (IH, d, J=8.6 Hz), 8.02 (IH, dd, J = 6.4, 0.9 Hz), 7.42-7.34 (5H, m), 7.23 (IH, dd, J -8.6, 6.4 Hz), 6.84 (IH, s), 6.80 (IH, s), 5.23 (2H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 153.2, 136.0, 135.4, 134.6, 134.5, 129.7, 128.9, 128.7, 125.3, 118.9, 117.5, 68.2. HRMS (ESI): Found [M+H]+ 339.0299. Ci5H13N2O3Cl2 requires 339.0297.
Example In: Synthesis of [3-(2,2-Dichloro-l-methyl-vinyl)-6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl]- [2-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-amine
Figure imgf000124_0001
The general procedure was followed. The crude material was purified using flash chromatography, eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to yield the product as a yellow solid (30%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.01 (IH, d, J 7.3), 6.84-6.74 (3H, m), 6.44 (IH, d, J 7.3), 4.14 (IH, m), 3.87 (6H, s), 3.8-3.6 (2H, m), 2.87 (2H, td, J 6.6, 2.9), 2.41 (3H, s), 1.97 (3H, s).
Example lo: Synthesis of [S-^.l-Dichloro-vinylJ-l-oxy-pyridin^-ylJ-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000124_0002
m-CPBA (639 mg, 2.86 mmol) was added to a solution of If (450 mg, 1.6 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (15 mL) and stirred at rt for 18 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo then the residue taken up in MeOH and preadsorbed onto silica gel. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 5 to 10% MeOH/EtOAc to give the N-oxide as a white solid (308 mg, 1.0 mmol, 63%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.18 (IH, s), 8.10 (2H, s), 6.61 (IH, s), 6.60 (IH, s), 1.54 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 151.7, 139.4, 139.0, 135.3, 129.9, 121.2, 119.2, 116.1, 83.0, 28.4. HRMS (ESI): Found [M+H]+ 305.0466. C12H15N2O3Cl2 requires 305.0454. IR (neat, υ cm"1): 2976, 1728, 1578, 1510, 1446, 1249, 1153. mp: 136-138 0C.
Example 2: Synthesis of Azaindole Derivatives
Example 2a: Synthesis of l-methyl-2-phenyl-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
Figure imgf000125_0001
1i
General procedure: A mixture of the gem-dibromoalkene (87.6 mg, 0.30 mmol), 2- methylphenylboronic acid (55 mg, 0.45 mmol) and K3PO4-H2O (350 mg, 0.15 mmol) was purged with argon and vacuum three times. A solution Of Pd(OAc)2 (2.3 mg, 0.010 mmol) and S-phos (8.2 mg, 0.020 mmol) in toluene (3 mL) was stirred at rt for 10 minutes then added via syringe to the solid reagents. The reaction was heated to 100 C for 2 h. The reaction was cooled to rt and saturated NaHCO3 solution added. The mixture was extracted with Et2O (3x10 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to yield the product as a white solid (52.6 mg, 84%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.35
(IH, dd, J=4.8, 1.5 Hz), 7.90 (IH, dd, J=U, 1.5 Hz), 7.56-7.54 (2H, m), 7.50-7.47 (2H, m), 7.45-7.40 (IH, m), 7.08 (IH, dd, J=U, 4.6 Hz), 6.52 (IH, s), 3.88 (3H, s).
Example 2b : Synthesis of 1 -methyl-2-phenyl-l H-pyrroIo [2,3-b] pyridine
Figure imgf000126_0001
11
The general procedure was followed. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to yield the product as a white solid (62 mg, 96%).
5 Example 2c: Synthesis of l-methyl-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridine
Figure imgf000126_0002
The general procedure was followed except the catalyst loading was 5 mol%, the amount of S-Phos used was 10 mol% and 3 equivalents of base were used. The crude material
10 was purified using chromatography eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to yield the product as a white solid (84%). mp: 74-75 0C. IR (neat, υ cm"1): 2936, 1605, 1489, 1247. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.34 (IH, dd, J =4.6, 1.3 Hz), 7.89 (IH, dd, J =7.7, 1.5 Hz), 7.49 (2H, d, J =8.8 Hz), 7.08 (IH, dd, J =7.9, 4.8 Hz), 7.03 (2H, d, J =8.8 Hz), 6.47 (IH, s), 3.89 (3H, s), 3.88 (3H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 160.0, 149.3, 142.5, 142.0,
15 130.6, 128.1, 124.9, 121.0, 116.2, 114.3, 99.0, 55.6, 30.0. HRMS (EI) calc'd for C15H]4N2O ([M]+): 238.1106. Found 238.1106.
Example 2d: Synthesis of l-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3- b] pyridine
Figure imgf000126_0003
The general procedure was followed except the catalyst loading was 5 mol%, the amount of S-Phos used was 10 mol% and 3 equivalents of base were used.. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to yield the product as a white solid (86%). mp: 105-106 °C. IR (neat, cm"1): 2956, 1728, 1585, 1503, 1446. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.40 (IH, dd, J =4.8, 1.5 Hz), 7.94 (IH, dd, J =7.9, 1.5 Hz), 7.77 (2H, d, J =8.3 Hz), 7.69 (2H, d, J =8.3 Hz), 7.12 (IH, dd, J =7.9, 4.8 Hz), 6.60 (IH, s), 3.91 (3H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.7, 143.6, 140.3, 136.2, 130.4 (Jc-F =33.0 Hz), 129.5, 128.8, 125.8 (Jc-F=3.8 Hz), 124.3 (Jc-F =272.7 Hz), 120.6, 116.6, 5 100.8, 30.1. 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCl3) δ -62.6. HRMS (EI) calc'd for C15Hi1N2F3 ([M]+) 276.0874. Found: 276.0870.
Example 2e: Synthesis of l-benzyl-2-phenyl-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
Figure imgf000127_0001
The general procedure was followed except the catalyst loading was 5 mol%, the amount0 of S-Phos used was 10 mol% and 3 equivalents of base were used.. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to yield the product as a white solid (74%). mp 110-111 0C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.34 (IH, dd,
J=4.6, 1. 5 Hz), 7.92 (IH, dd, J=7.8, 1.6 Hz), 7.40-7.35 (5H, m), 7.19-7.15 (3H, m), 7.09
(IH, dd, J= 7.7, 4.7 Hz), 6.96-6.94 (2H, m), 6.55 (IH, s), 5.57 (2H, s). 13C NMR (1005 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.5, 143.3, 142.1, 138.7, 132.6, 129.5, 128.7, 128.6, 128.6, 128.4,
127.2, 126.7, 120.8, 116.6, 100.5, 46.2. HRMS calc'd for C20H16N2 (M+) 284.1313.
Found: 284.1315.
Example 2f: Synthesis of l-benzyl-2-phenyl-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
Figure imgf000127_0002
1d 0 The general procedure was followed. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to yield the product as a white solid (90%).
Example 2g: Synthesis of 2-Phenyl pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester
Figure imgf000128_0001
The general procedure was followed except the catalyst loading was 5 mol%, the amount of S-Phos used was 10 mol% and 3 equivalents of base were used. The crude material was purified using flash chromatography, eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to yield the product as a yellow solid (62%). mp: 121-122 °C. IR (neat, cm"1): 2978, 1749, 1306,
1250, 1158. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.51 (IH, dd, ./=4.8, 1.8 Hz), 7.86 (IH, dd, J
=8.4, 1.5 Hz), 7.46-7.36 (5H, m), 7.19 (IH, dd, J =1.1, 4.6 Hz), 6.49 (IH, s), 1.27 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 150.1, 148.6, 145.1, 140.9, 134.5, 128.7, 128.3, 122.0,
118.9, 106.1, 84.2, 27.6. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C18Hi8N2O2Na ([M+Na]+): 317.1260. Found: 317.1268.
Example 2h: Synthesis of 3-methyl-2-phenyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester and 3-methyl-2-phenyl-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-b] pyridine
Figure imgf000128_0002
1k 2h 2h
The general procedure was followed except the catalyst loading was 5 mol% and the amount of S-Phos used was 10 mol%. The crude material was purified using flash chromatography, eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to yield the Boc product as a white solid (A: 40%) and the deprotected product as a white solid (B: 57%).
A: mp: 148-150°C. IR (neat, cm"1): 2980, 1747, 1415, 1328, 1250, 1154. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.53 (IH, dd, J =4.9, 1.4 Hz), 7.83 (IH, dd, J =7.8, 1.5 Hz), 7.48-7.34 (5H, m), 7.21 (IH, dd, J =1.6, 4.8 Hz), 2.15 (3H, s), 1.20 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.5, 148.7, 145.2, 136.1, 133.9, 129.8, 128.2, 127.9, 127.1, 123.2, 118.5, 113.2, 83.6, 27.5, 9.2. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C19H20N2O2Na ([M+Na]+): 331.1416. Found: 331.1428.
B: mp: 199-200 °C. IR (neat, cm"1): 3433, 2914, 1580, 1443, 1289. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 11.12 (IH, br), 8.22 (IH, dd, J =4.9, 1.5 Hz), 7.91 (IH, dd, J =7.8, 1.4 Hz), 7.73 (2H, d, J =7.2 Hz), 7.54 (2H, t, J -7.6 Hz), 7.41 (IH, t, J =7.4 Hz), 7.08 (IH, dd, J =7.8, 4.8 Hz), 2.49 (3H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.2, 142.4, 135.4, 133.4, 129.0, 128.4, 127.8, 127.3, 123.2, 115.4, 106.5, 9.9. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for Ci9H20N2O2Na ([M+Na]+): 209.1073. Found: 209.1072.
Example 2i: Synthesis of l-[2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-3,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl- 1 H-pyrrolo [2,3-b] pyridine
Figure imgf000129_0001
The general procedure was followed except that the catalyst loading was 5% and 10% of S-Phos was used. The crude material was purified using flash chromatography, eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to yield the product as a colourless oil (30%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.73 (IH, d, J 7.9), 7.45-7.36 (3H, m), 7.21-7.17 (2H, m), 6.95 (IH, d, J 7.9), 6.63 (IH, d, J 8.1), 6.37 (IH, dd, J 7.9, 1.7), 6.19 (IH, d, J 2.0), 4.42 (2H, t, J 7.2), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.65 (3H, s), 2.82 (2H, t, J 7.5), 2.67 (3H, s), 2.18 (3H, s).
Example 2j: Synthesis of 2-Phenyl pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester
Figure imgf000129_0002
The general procedure was followed. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 33% EtOAc/hexane to yield product as a white solid
(87%). mp: 108-109 0C. IR (neat, cm"1): 2979, 1734, 1433, 1349, 1326, 1149. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.48 (IH, s), 8.42 (IH, d, J=5.3 Hz), 7.45 (IH, dd, J=5.3, 1.1 Hz), 7.43-7.40 (5H, m), 6.54 (IH, s), 1.36 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.5, 144.0, 142.4, 137.8, 134.6, 134.3, 133.9, 129.0, 128.5, 128.1, 114.9, 108.8, 84.7, 27.7. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C18H19N2O2 ([M+H]+) 295.1441. Found: 295.1450.
Example 2k: Synthesis of 2-o-tolyl pyrroloβjS-clpyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester
Figure imgf000130_0001
The general procedure was followed except that the catalyst loading was 5%, 10% of S- Phos was used and 3 equivalents of base was used. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to yield the product as a colorless oil (73%). IR (neat, cm"1): 3338, 2928, 1732, 1589, 1432, 1340, 1147. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.53 (IH, s), 8.45 (IH, d, J=5.3 Hz), 7.49 (IH, dd, J=5.3, 0.9 Hz), 7.37-7.32 (IH, m), 7.29-7.23 (3H, m), 6.47 (IH, d, J= 0.6 Hz), 2.18 (3H, s), 1.30 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.4, 143.0, 142.4, 138.0, 137.2, 134.8, 134.2, 133.9, 129.8, 129.7, 128.9, 125.6, 114.9, 108.6, 114.5, 108.6, 84.3, 27.7, 20.1. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C19H21N2O2 ([M+H]+): 309.1597. Found: 309.1605.
Example 21: Synthesis of 2-(4-trifluoromethyIphenyl) pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-l- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000130_0002
The general procedure was followed except the catalyst loading was 5 mol%, the amount of S-Phos used was 10 mol% and 3 equivalents of base were used. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 50-70% EtOAc/hexane to yield the product as a colorless oil (72%). IR (neat, cm"1): 3427, 2990, 1735, 1592, 1324, 1133. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.48 (IH, s), 8.45 (IH, d, J= 5.3 Hz), 7.70 (2H, d, J= 8.1 Hz), 7.57 (2H, d, J= 7.9 Hz), 7.49 (IH, dd, J= 5.3, 1.1 Hz), 6.61 (IH, s), 1.40 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.3, 142.7, 142.3, 138.2, 137.6, 134.5, 134.4, 130.7 (q, Jc-F =33.0 Hz), 129.5, 125.1 (1C, Jc-F= 3.8 Hz), 124.2 (Jc-F = 272.2 Hz), 115.2, 109.9, 85.2, 27.9. 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCl3) δ -62.2. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C19H18N2O2F3 ([M+H]+): 363.1314. Found: 363.1329.
5 Example 2m: Synthesis of 2-(4-methoxyphenyl) pyrroloP-S-clpyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000131_0001
The general procedure was followed except the catalyst loading was 5 mol%, the amount of S-Phos used was 10 mol% and 3 equivalents of base were used. The crude material
10 was purified using chromatography eluting with 30-40% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a white solid (81%). mp: 103-104 °C. IR (neat, υ cm"1): 3392, 2983, 1735, 1599, 1494, 1432, 1330, 1252, 1140. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.44 (IH, s), 8.42 (IH, d, J= 5.3 Hz), 7.46 (IH, d, J= 5.3 Hz), 7.37 (2H, d, J= 8.8 Hz), 6.97 (2H, d, J= 8.6 Hz), 6.52 (IH, s), 3.87 (3H, s), 1.44 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 160.1, 149.6,
15 144.1, 142.4, 137.8, 134.8, 134.3, 130.3, 126.2, 114.8, 113.6, 108.5, 84.8, 55.6, 28.0. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C19H21N2O3 ([M+H]+): 325.1546. Found: 325.1562.
Example 2n: Synthesis of 2-naphthalen-2-yl pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000131_0002
The general procedure was followed except the catalyst loading was 5 mol%, the amount of S-Phos used was 10 mol% and 3 equivalents of base were used. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 50% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a yellow oil (70%). IR (neat, υ cm"1): 2921, 1731, 1585, 1432, 1327, 1143. 1H NMR 25 (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.51 (IH, s), 8.46 (IH, d, J= 5.3 Hz), 7.96 (IH, s), 7.92-7.86 (3H, m), 7.57- 7.49 (4H, m), 6.67 (IH, s), 1.34 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.4, 143.9, 142.3, 137.7, 134.6, 133.0, 132.9, 131.1, 128.1, 127.8, 127.6, 127.3, 126.9, 126.6, 126.6, 114.8, 109.1, 84.8, 29.7, 27.6. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C22H21N2O2 ([M+H]+): 345.1597. Found: 345.1595.
5 Example 2o: Synthesis of 2-thiophen-3-yl-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000132_0001
The general procedure was followed except the catalyst loading was 5 mol%, the amount of S-Phos used was 10 mol% and 3 equivalents of base were used. The reaction was
10 heated to 100 °C for 20 h. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 10 to 25% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as an off-white solid (55%). mp 86-87 0C. IR (neat, cm4): 2918, 1737, 1337, 1149. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.44 (IH, s), 8.41 (IH, d, J=5.3 Hz), 7.45 (IH, dd, J = 5.3, 0.9 Hz), 7.41 (IH, dd, J - 3.1, 1.3 Hz), 7.36 (IH, dd, J= 5.1, 3.1 Hz), 7.17 (IH, dd, J= 5.1, 1.3 Hz), 6.58 (IH, s), 1.48 (9H, s).
15 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.5, 142.4, 139.0, 137.9, 134.6, 134.2, 133.8, 129.0, 125.2, 124.5, 114.9, 109.2, 84.9, 28.0. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for C16H17N2O2S ([M+H]+): 301.1005. Found: 301.1016.
Example 2p: Synthesis of 2-pent-l-enyl-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-l-carboxylic acid 0 tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000132_0002
The general procedure was followed except that 5 mol% of Pd(OAc)2 was used, 10 mol% of S-Phos and 3 equiv. of base. The reaction was heated to 100 0C for 2 h. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 25 to 50% EtOAc/hexane 25 to give the product as a colourless oil (79%). IR (neat, cm"1): 2937, 1738, 1325, 1148. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 9.20 (IH, s), 8.20 (IH, d, J 5.3), 7.49 (IH, d, J 5.3), 6.96 (IH, d, J 15.8), 6.72 (IH, s), 6.36 (IH, dt, J 15.6, 7.0), 2.54 (2H, q, J 7.3), 1.70 (9H, s), 1.54 (2H, sextet, J 7.3), 0.99 (3H, t, J 7.5). 13C NMR (100 MHz, MeOD) δ 151.0, 145.6, 142.1, 138.4, 137.8, 137.1, 135.0, 122.7, 116.3, 105.6, 86.8, 36.5, 28.5, 23.4, 14.2. HRMS (EI) calc'd for CnH22N2O2S ([M]+): 286.1681. Found: 286.1683.
Example 2q: Synthesis of 2-(2-methoxyquinolin-3-yl)-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-l- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000133_0001
The general procedure was followed except that 5 mol% of Pd(OAc)2 was used, 10 mol% of S-Phos and 3 equiv. of base. The reaction was heated to 100 0C for 1 h. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 40 to 50% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a colourless oil (102 mg, 0.27 mmol, 91%). mp: 88-90 °C. IR (neat, υ cm"1): 2976, 1742, 1623, 1582, 1456, 1344, 1266, 1147. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.50 (IH, s), 8.44 (IH, d, J= 5.3 Hz), 8.05 (IH, s), 7.89 (IH, d, J= 8.1 Hz), 7.77 (IH, dd, J= 8.13 Hz), 7.66 (IH, ddd, J= 8.6, 7.0, 1.5 Hz), 7.50 (IH, dd, J= 5.3, 1.1 Hz), 7.43 (IH, ddd, J= 8.1, 7.0, 1.1 Hz), 6.37 (IH, s), 4.05 (3H, s), 1.37 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 159.8, 149.4, 146.6, 142.2, 139.2, 137.9, 137.5, 134.5, 134.1, 130.2, 127.8, 127.4, 124.9, 124.7, 120.0, 115.1, 109.4, 84.8, 53.9, 27.9. HRMS (ESI) calc'd for . C22H22N3O3 ([M+H]+): 376.1655. Found: 376.1663.
Example 2r: Synthesis of 2-Phenyl-pyrroIo[3,2-c]pyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester
Figure imgf000133_0002
1f
The general procedure was followed except that a variety of ligands were used in separate experiments as set out in Table 2. The Pd loading was 5% in all cases and the amount of boronic acid used was 1.2 equivalents. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 50% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a yellow oil (yields, see table 2). mp 128-129 0C. IR (neat, cm"1): 2979, 1737, 1459, 1339, 1321, 1228, 1152. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.88 (IH, s), 8.49 (IH, d, J= 5.7 Hz), 8.05 (IH, d, J=5.7 Hz), 7.43-7.40 (5H, m), 6.62 (IH, s), 1.32 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.7, 144.3, 143.5, 141.9, 141.6, 134.2, 129.0, 128.3, 128.1, 125.8, 110.3, 180.0, 84.7, 27.7. HRMS (ESI): calc'd for C18H19N2O2 ([M+H]+) 295.1441. Found: 295.1453.
Example 2s: Synthesis of 2-(4-fluorophenyl)-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000134_0001
1f
The general procedure was followed except that X-Phos was used in place of S-Phos and 1.2 equiv. of boronic acid was used at a catalyst loading of 5%. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 30 to 35% EtOAc/hexane to yield the product as a white solid (88%). mp: 132-133 0C. IR (neat, cm"1): 1728, 1592, 1497, 1453, 1340, 1225, 1154. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.87 (IH, d, J=Ll Hz), 8.49 (IH, d, J = 5.7 Hz), 8.03 (IH, dt, /=5.7 Hz, /=0.9 Hz), 7.42-7.36 (2H, m), 7.12 (2H, tm, J =8.6 Hz), 6.59 (IH, d, J=0.9 Hz), 1.37 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 162.9 (1C, Jc-F 248), 149.6, 144.4, 143.6, 141.9, 140.5, 130.8 (1C, JC-F 8.4), 130.3, 125.7, 115.2 (1C, JC- F 21), 110.4, 108.3, 85.0, 27.8. 19F NMR 377 MHz) δ -113.3. HRMS (EI): calc'd for C18HnN2O2F ([M]+) 312.1274. Found: 312.1280.
Example 2t: 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester
Figure imgf000134_0002
The general procedure was followed except that 1.2 equiv. of boronic acid was used at a catalyst loading of 5%. The reaction was heated to 100 C for 13.5 h then diluted in EtOAc and filtered through a pad of celite. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 30 to 40% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a colourless oil (68%). IR (neat, cm"1): 2974, 1738, 1450, 1332, 1240, 1155. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.86 (IH, d, J = 0.6 Hz), 8.47 (IH, d, J =5.9 Hz), 8.02 (IH, d, J = 5.9 Hz), 7.34 (2H, dt, J =9.0, 2.2 Hz), 6.96 (2H, dt, / = 8.8 Hz, f = 2.2 Hz), 6.56 (IH, d, J =0.7 Hz), 3.86 (3H, s), 1.38 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 159.9, 149.8, 144.1, 143.4, 141.8, 141.6, 130.3, 126.5, 125.9, 113.6, 110.3, 107.6, 84.7, 55.6, 27.8. HRMS (ESI): calc'd for Ci9H21N2O3 ([M+H]+) 325.1546. Found: 325.1539.
Example 2u: Synthesis of Z-o-Tolyl-pyrroloP^-clpyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester
Figure imgf000135_0001
1f The general procedure was followed except that X-Phos was used in place of S-Phos and 1.2 equiv. of boronic acid was used at a catalyst loading of 5%. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 50% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a yellow oil (75%). mp 104-105 0C. IR (neat, cm"1): 2979, 2930, 1739, 1457, 1340, 1228, 1154. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.87 (IH, s), 8.49 (IH, d, J= 5.9 Hz), 8.11 (IH, d, J=5.7 Hz), 7.34-7.24 (4H, m), 6.52 (IH, d, J=0.7 Hz), 2.17 (3H, s), 1.29 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.6, 144.1, 143.4, 141.4, 140.6, 137.4, 134.4, 129.9, 129.7, 128.8, 125.9, 125.6, 110.6, 107.7, 84.3, 27.6, 20.1. HRMS (ESI): calc'd for Ci9H21N2O2 ([M+H]+) 309.1597.1441. Found: 309.1596.
Example 2v: Thiophen-3-yl-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000135_0002
The general procedure was followed except that 1.2 equiv. of boronic acid was used at a catalyst loading of 5%. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 50% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a yellow oil (80%). mp 112-113 0C. IR (neat, Cm"1): 2980, 1739, 1459, 1338, 1152. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.86 (IH, s), 8.48 (IH, d, J= 5.9 Hz), 8.03 (IH, d, J=5.7 Hz), 7.38-7.34 (2H, m), 7.14 (IH, dd, J=4.8, 1.3 Hz), 6.63 (IH, d, J=0.7 Hz), 1.43 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.6, 144.3, 143.4, 141.7, 136.5, 134.0, 129.0, 125.6, 125.1, 124.0, 110.4, 108.3, 84.8, 27.8. HRMS (ESI): calc'd for Ci6HnN2O2S ([M+H]+) 301.1005. Found: 301.1012.
5 Example 2w: Synthesis of 5-Oxy-2-phenyl-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000136_0001
The general procedure was followed except using half the concentration (approx. 0.05M) at a catalyst loading of 5%. The reaction was heated to 100 °C for 2 h then the reaction
10 mixture was diluted in MeOH and the solids filtered off. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 10 to 15% MeOH/EtOAc to give the product as a yellow solid (33 mg, 0.11 mmol, 65%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.53 (IH, d, J 1.8), 8.18 (IH, dd, J7.3, 1.8), 8.08 (IH, dd, J7.0), 7.47-7.38 (5H, m), 6.51 (IH, s), 1.30 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.1, 144.9, 135.5, 134.3, 133.2, 131.7, 129.0,
15 128.9, 128.2, 127.1, 112.5, 106.6, 85.6, 27.6. HRMS (EI): Found [M]+ 310.1313. Ci8H18N2O3 requires 310.1317. IR (neat, υ cm"1): 1734, 1449, 1333, 1130. mp: 150- 152 0C.
Example 2x: Synthesis of 2-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-5-oxy-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-l- 0 carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000136_0002
The general procedure was followed except using half the concentration (approx. 0.05M) at a catalyst loading of 5%. The reaction was heated to 100 0C for 1.5 h then the reaction mixture was diluted in MeOH and the solids filtered off. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 5 to 15% MeOH/EtOAc to give the product as a colourless gum (44 mg, 0.13 mmol, 76%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.51 (IH, d, J 1.3), 8.17 (IH, dd, J7.0, 1.7), 8.04 (IH, d, J7.3), 7.33 (2H, dt, J8.8, 2.9), 6.97 (2H, dt, J 5 8.8, 2.9), 6.46 (IH, d, J 0.4), 3.07 (3H, s), 1.37 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 160.3, 149.2, 144.9, 135.2, 134.3, 131.5, 130.3, 127.1, 125.4, 113.7, 112.4, 106.3, 85.6, 55.6, 27.7. HRMS (ESI): Found [M+H]+ 341.1508. Ci9H2iN2O4 requires 341.1495. IR (neat, υ cm"1): 2924, 1739, 1447, 1335, 1132.
10 Example 2y: Synthesis of 2-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-5-oxy-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-l- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000137_0001
The general procedure was followed except using half the concentration (approx. 0.05M) at a catalyst loading of 5%. The reaction was heated to 100 °C for 1 h then the reaction
15 mixture was diluted in MeOH and the solids filtered off. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 5 to 15% MeOH/EtOAc to give the product as a colourless gum (36 mg, 0.13 mmol, 50%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.54 (IH, t, J 0.7), 8.20 (IH, dd, J 7.3, 1.7), 8.08 (IH, d, J 7.2), 7.71 (2H, d, 7.9), 7.53 (2H, d, J 8.1), 6.55 (IH, s), 1.32 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 148.6, 142.8, 136.6, 135.9,
20 134.1, 131.7, 130.9 (Jc-F 33.0), 129.2, 126.7, 125.0 (Jc-F 3.8), 123.8 (Jc-F 272.0), 112.5, 107.4, 86.0, 27.4.
Example 2z: 2-Phenyl-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridine 4-oxide
Figure imgf000137_0002
The general procedure was followed except using half the concentration (approx. 0.05M) at a catalyst loading of 5%. The reaction was heated to 100 0C for 2 h then the reaction mixture was diluted in MeOH and the solids filtered off. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 10 to 20% MeOH/EtOAc to give the product as a yellow solid (70%). mp: 150 °C (decomp.). IR (neat, cm"1): 3317, 1452, 1130. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.10 (IH, dd, J= 6.2, 0.6 Hz), 7.84-7.79 (2H, m), 7.64 (IH, dt, J = 8.3, 0.9 Hz), 7.47-7.42 (2H, m), 7.37 (IH, tt, J= 6.4, 1.3 Hz), 7.16 (IH, dd, J = 8.1, 6.1 Hz), 7.10 (IH, d, J=0.9 Hz). 13C NMR (100 MHz, MeOD) δ 145.1, 138.6, 135.6, 132.8, 131.9, 130.8, 130.5, 127.3, 118.7, 115.8, 93.7. HRMS (ESI): calc'd for C13HUN2O ([M+H]+) 211.0865. Found: 211.0873.
Example 2aa: 2-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridine 4-oxide
Figure imgf000138_0001
The general procedure was followed except using half the concentration (approx. 0.05M) at a catalyst loading of 5%. The reaction was heated to 100 0C for 1 h then the reaction mixture was diluted in MeOH and the solids filtered off. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 10 to 30% MeOH/EtOAc to give the product as a pale brown solid (98%). mp: 270 °C (decomp.). IR (neat, cm"1): 3413, 1650, 1011. 1H
NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) δ 12.32 (IH, s), 8.0 (IH, d, J = 6.2 Hz), 7.91 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.40 (IH, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.08-7.03 (4H, m), 3.37 (3H, s). 13C NMR (125 MHz,
DMSO) δ 159.7, 140.4, 137.1, 133.1, 130.3, 127.1, 123.1, 117.3, 114.5, 109.6, 92.0, 55.3.
HRMS (ESI): calc'd for Ci4HnN2O2 ([M+H]+) 241.0971. Found: 241.0977.
Example 2bb:2-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine
Figure imgf000138_0002
Trifluoroacetic acid (0.1 mL) was added to a solution of the carbamate (24 mg, 0.074 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (0.5 mL) at it. The reaction was stirred for 4 h at rt then diluted with CH2Cl2 and basified to pH 10 using 2M NaOH. H2O was added and the layers separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated to give the product as a pale brown solid (14 mg, 0.062 mmol, 84%). mp: 222-225 °C. IR (neat, cm"1): 1602, 1493, 1429, 1249. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 11.87 (IH, s), 8.68 5 (IH, s), 8.04 (IH, d, J 5.3), 7.85 (IH, d, J 8.6), 7.44 (IH, d, J 5.7), 7.06 (IH, d, J 8.3), 6.82 (IH, s), 3.80 (3H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO) δ 159.6, 141.5, 138.2, 134.1, 133.8, 133.0, 127.2, 123.8, 114.5, 114.1, 96.6, 55.3, 55.2. HRMS (ESI): calc'd for C14H13N2O ([M+H]+) 225.1022. Found: 225.1013.
10 Example 2cc: 2-PhenyMH-pyrroIo[3,2-b]pyridine
Figure imgf000139_0001
Phosphorus trichloride (0.02 niL, d 1.57, 0.22 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of the pyridine N-oxide (12 mg, 0.038 mmol) in CHCl3 (1 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 80 °C for 7 h. Ice was added to the reaction mixture and then
15 neutralized to pH 10 using saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution. After stirring for 30 min, the mixture was extracted using CHCl3 (3 x 15 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 100% EtOAc to 10% MeOH/EtOAc to give the product as a white solid (6 mg, 0.03 mmol, 80%). mp: 250-252 °C. ER (neat, cm"1):
20 3439, 1642. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.23 (IH, s), 6.58 (IH, d, J - 5.7 Hz), 6.29 (2H, d, J = 7.7 Hz), 5.93 (2H, t, J= 7.5 Hz), 5.89 (IH, d, J= 5.9 Hz), 5.82 (IH, t, J= 7.3 Hz), 5.45 (IH, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, MeOD) δ 143.5, 142.8, 141.9, 140.5, 133.2, 130.3, 129.5, 127.9, 126.8, 108.1, 99.1, 99.1. HRMS (ESI): calc'd for Ci3H10N2 ([M]+) 194.0844. Found: 194.0852.
25
Example 3: Synthesis of Thienopyrrole Derivatives
Example 3a: 5-Phenyl-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole-6-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000140_0001
The general procedure given in example 2a was followed. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 3.5% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a colorless oil (76%). mp 88-89 0C. IR (neat, υ cm"1): 2979, 2928, 1754, 1726, 1463, 1367, 5 1315, 1164, 1140, 1121, 1044. 1R NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.43-7.30 (5H, m), 7.01 (IH, AB, J=5.5 Hz), 6.99 (IH, AB, J=5.5 Hz), 6.47 (IH, s), 1.42 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.1, 140.0, 136.2, 134.4, 130.6, 129.6, 127.8, 127.8, 121.7, 117.4, 108.6, 84.7, 28.0. HRMS (ESI): calc'd for C17H17NO2NaS ([M+Na]+) 322.0872. Found: 322.0874. 0
Example 3b: 5-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole-6-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000140_0002
The general procedure given in example 2a was followed except at a catalyst loading of5 5%. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 3.5% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a colorless oil (81%). mp 114-115 0C. IR (neat, υ cm"1): 2980, 1753, 1724, 1504, 1369, 1316, 1161, 1140, 1123. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.40-7.37 (2H, m), 7.09-7.05 (2H, m), 7.02 (IH, AB, J= 5.4 Hz), 6.99 (IH, AB, J= 5.4 Hz), 6.45 (IH, s), 1.46 (9H, s). 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 162.6 (JC-F=2470 Hz), 149.0, 138.8, 136.2, 131.4 (Jc-F=8.2 Hz), 130.5, 130.4 (Jc-F=3.4 Hz), 121.8, 117.4, 114.8 (Jc-F=22 Hz), 108.8, 84.9, 28.1. 19F NMR (288 MHz, CDCl3) δ -114.4. HRMS: calc'd for C17H16NO2SF ([M]+) 317.0886. Found: 317.0878.
Example 3c: 5-(4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole-6-carboxylic acid5 tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000141_0001
The general procedure given in example 2a was followed except that Dave-Phos was used as the ligand at a Pd loading of 5%. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 3.5% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a solid (48%).
5 mp: 124-125 0C. IR (neat, υ cm"1): 2983, 1754, 1727, 1323, 1165, 1124. 1H NMR (400
MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.64 (2H, d, J=8.1 Hz), 7.55 (2H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.04 (IH, AB, J= 5.3
Hz), 7.01 (IH, AB, J= 5.3 Hz), 6.54 (IH, s), 1.47 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ
148.9, 138.4, 137.8, 137.0, 130.7, 129.8, 129.7 (q, Jc-F=32 Hz), 124.8 (q, Jc-F=3.6 Hz),
124.4 (q, Jc-F=272 Hz), 122.1, 117.5, 109.7, 85.3, 28.0. 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCl3) δ -
10 62.5. HRMS: calc'd for C18H16NO2F3S ([M]+) 367.0854. Found: 367.0854.
Example 3d: 5-Styryl-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole-6-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
OCi -→ CCV^
1g Boc 3d Boc
The general procedure given in example 2a was followed except that Dave-Phos was 15 used as the ligand at a Pd loading of 5%. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 3.5% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a yellowish oil (71%). IR (neat, υ cm"1): 3081, 2979, 1742, 1403, 1366, 1326, 1165, 1113. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.84 (IH, d, J=16.3 Hz), 7.50 (2H, dm, /=8.3 Hz), 7.33 (2H, t, J=7.7 Hz), 7.23 (IH, tt, J=7.5, 1.2 Hz), 6.98 (IH, AB, J= 5.3 Hz), 6.96 (IH, AB, J= 5.3 0 Hz), 6.96 (IH, d, J=15.8 Hz), 6.83 (IH, d, J=0.7 Hz), 1.70 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.2, 139.5, 137.6, 136.0, 130.9, 128.8, 128.6, 127.7, 126.7, 122.0, 120.1, 117.3, 104.4, 85.3, 28.4. HRMS: calc'd for C19H20NO2S ([M+H]+) 326.1209. Found: 326. 1225.
25 Example 3e: 5-Phenyl-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole-4-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000141_0002
The general procedure given in example 2a was followed. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 3.5% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a white solid (73%). mp 103-104 0C. IR (neat, υ cm"1): 3379, 2921, 1731, 1585, 1432, 1327, 1143. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.51 (IH, s), 8.46 (IH, d, J= 5.3 Hz), 7.96 5 (IH, s), 7.92-7.86 (3H, m), 7.57- 7.49 (4H, m), 6.67 (IH, s), 1.34 (9H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.4, 143.9, 142.3, 137.7, 134.6, 133.0, 132.9, 131.1, 128.1, 127.8, 127.6, 127.3, 126.9, 126.6 (2C), 114.8, 109.1, 84.8, 29.7, 27.6. HRMS (ESI): Found [M+H]+ 345.1595. C22H21N2O2 requires 345.1597.
10 Example 3f: 5-(4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole-4-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000142_0001
The general procedure given in example 2a was followed except at a catalyst loading of 5%. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 3.5%
15 EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a white solid (66%). mp: 119-120 0C. IR (neat, cm" '): 2981, 1743, 1617, 1478, 1323, 1129. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.64 (2H, dd, J= 8.6, 0.7 Hz), 7.53 (2H, dd, J=8.5, 0.7 Hz), 7.41 (IH, dd, J = 5.3, 0.7 Hz), 7.23 (H, d, J =5.3 Hz), 6.54 (IH, s), 1.43 (9H, s). 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCl3) δ -62.5. 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.2, 140.9, 138.1, 137.9, 129.6 (q, Jc-F=37 Hz), 129.5, 126.1, 125.5,
20 124.9 (q, Jc-F=3.8 Hz), 124.4 (q, Jc-F=272 Hz), 115.9, 108.9, 84.5, 28.0. HRMS (ESI): calc'd for C18H17NO2F3S ([M+H]+) 368.0926. Found: 368.0931.
Example 3g: 5-(4-Methoxycarbonylphenyl)thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole-4-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000142_0002
The general procedure given in example 2a was followed. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 5% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a white solid (74%). mp 86-87 0C. IR (neat, υ cm"1): 2980, 1726, 1609, 1321, 1276, 1141. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.05 (2H, dm, /=8.7 Hz), 7.48 (2H, dm, /=8.6 Hz), 7.41 (IH, d, J= 5.2 Hz), 7.23 (IH, d, J=5.2 Hz), 6.56 (IH, s), 3.94 (3H, s), 1.42 (9H, s). 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 167.1, 149.2, 141.0, 139.0, 138.4, 129.2, 129.0, 126.1, 125.4, 5 115.8, 108.9, 84.4, 52.4, 28.0. HRMS (ESI): calc'd for C19H)9NO4NaS ([M+Na]+) 380.0927. Found: 380.0925.
Example 3h: 5-Thiophen-3-yl-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole-4-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000143_0001
The general procedure given in example 2a was followed except at a Pd loading of 5%. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 3.5% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a white solid (73%). mp: 111-112 0C. IR (neat, υ cm"1): 3099, 2978, 1731, 1486, 1319, 1131. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.40 (IH, d, J=5.1 Hz), 7.32- 15 7.30 (2H, m), 7.19 (IH, d, J=5.1 Hz), 7.16 (IH, dd, J=A.6, 1.1 Hz), 6.53 (IH, s), 1.49 (9H, s), 1.50 (2H, hexatet, J=7.4 Hz), 0.96 (3H, t, J=7.4 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.3, 140.1, 134.7, 134.3, 129.6, 125.9, 124.6, 124.4, 123.5, 116.0, 108.1, 84.0, 28.0. HRMS: calc'd for Ci5H25NO2S2 ([M]+) 305.0544. Found: 305.0547.
20 Example 3i: 5-Pent-l-enyl-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole-4-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000143_0002
The general procedure given in example 2a was followed except at a Pd loading of 5%. The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 3.5% EtOAc/hexane to give the product as a white solid (80%). IR (neat, υ cm"1): 2963, 1738, 1485, 1370, 25 1320, 1255, 1120. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.27 (IH, d, J=5.1 Hz), 7.08 (IH, d, J=5.1 Hz), 6.99 (IH, dd, J=15.8, 0.7 Hz), 6.59 (IH, s), 6.09 (IH, dt, /=15.8 Hz, /=6.9 Hz), 2.20 (2H, qd, J"= 7.6 Hz, /=0.4 Hz), 1.66 (9H, s), 1.50 (2H, sextet, J=7.4 Hz), 0.96 (3H, t, J=7.4 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.6, 139.4, 139.1, 132.3, 126.4, 123.6, 122.0, 116.2, 103.4, 84.1, 35.3, 28.4, 22.7, 14.0. HRMS: calc'd for Ci6H21NO2S ([M]+) 291.1293. Found: 291.1290.
5 Example 3j: 5-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole-4-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000144_0001
The general procedure given in example 2a was followed except at a Pd loading of 5%.
The crude material was purified using chromatography eluting with 3.5% EtOAc/hexane 10 to give the product as a white solid (74%). mp: 122-123 0C. IR (neat, υ cm"1): 2979, 1746,
1479, 1323, 1300, 1132. 1U NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.40 (IH, d, J= 5.1 Hz), 7.38-
7.36 (2H, m), 7.19 (IH, d, J=5.3 Hz), 7.70 (2H, tm, /=8.4 Hz), 6.46 (IH, s), 1.43 (9H, s).
19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCl3) δ -114.4. 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 162.5 (Jc-F=247
Hz), 149.3, 140.3, 138.4, 131.1 (Jc-F=7.7 Hz), 130.7 (Jc-F=3.4 Hz), 125.9, 124.7, 116.0, 15 114.8 (Jc-F=22 Hz), 108.0, 84.1, 28.1. HRMS (ESI): calc'd for C17H16NO2FNaS
([M+Na]+) 340.0778. Found: 340.0776.
Example 3k: 5-Phenyl-6H-thieno[2,3-b] pyrrole
Figure imgf000144_0002
20 In a 5-mL round-bottom flask was charged with the Boc protected thienopyrrole (36.2 mg, 0.12 mmol) and MeONa (65 mg, 1.2 mmol). After purged with Ar for 5 min, anhydrous methanol (1 mL) and THF (1 niL) were added. The mixture was stirred at rt overnight (16 h). The reaction was then quenched by the addition Of NaHCO3, extracted with Et2O (3x10 mL), dried over MgSO4. The residue was chromatographed with 10%
25 EtOAc/hexanes to afford a white solid (23.1 mg, 96%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.43 (IH, br), 7.50 (2H, dm, J=8.0 Hz), 7.37 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.50 (IH, tm, J-7.4 Hz), 6.99 (IH, d, J= 5.3 Hz), 6.83 (IH, dd, ./=5.3, 0.5 Hz), 6.71 (IH, d, J=2.0 Hz). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 138.8, 134.9, 133.2, 132.6, 129.2, 126.9, 124.3, 118.6, 118.0, 99.2. Example 4: Synthesis of Smad3 Inhibitor SIS3
Example 4a: 3-Iodo-l-methyl-2-phenyl-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
Figure imgf000145_0001
To a solution of l-methyl-2-phenyl-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (34.5 mg, 0.166 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) at 0 0C was added N-iodosuccimide (56 mg, 0.248 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 30 min and warmed to rt and stirred for an additional 2 h before diluted with Et2O (10 mL) and quenched by the addition of KI solution. The mixture was washed with Na2S2O3, NaHCO3, brine and dried over Na2SO4. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatograph (20% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford a white crystalline solid (53.2 mg, 96%). mp: 84-85 0C. IR (neat, cm"1): 3051, 1592, 1566, 1480, 1448, 1402, 1309, 1111. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.37 (IH, dd, J=4.6, 1.8 Hz), 7.75 (IH, dd, J=7.9, 1.5 Hz), 7.56-7.46 (5H, m), 7.16 (IH, dd, J=7.9, 4.8 Hz), 3.79 (3H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 148.7, 144.0, 142.1, 131.1, 130.7, 129.2, 129.1, 128.5, 123.7, 116.9, 56.5, 30.5. HRMS (ESI): calc'd for C14H12N2I ([M+H]+) 335.0039. Found: 335.0044.
Example 4b: 3-Iodo-l-methyl-2-phenyl-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
Figure imgf000145_0002
A 10-mL microwave tube was charged with the iodide (33.3 mg, 0.1 mL), acrylamide (Watanabe, T.; Kakefuda, A.; Kubota, H.; Masuda, N. In Jpn. Kokai Tokkyo Koho; (Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Japan). JP 11269172, 1999, p 16 pp) (24.7 mg, 0.1 mmol), Bu4NCl (28 mg, 0.1 mmol), Na2CO3 (0.1 mmol), and Pd(OAc)2 (1.2 mg, 0.005 mmol). The tube was sealed and purged with Ar for 5 min before the addition of anhydrous DMF (0.5 mL) and purged for another 5 min while stirring. The reaction vessel was subjected to controlled microwave radiation at 200 0C for 5 min. The mixture was diluted with H2O (5 mL), extracted with EtOAc (3 mL), Et2O (2x5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H2O (2x5 mL), NaHCO3 (5 mL), brine (5 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. The crude product was purified by silica gel column 5 chromatography (75% EtoAc in hexanes) to afford a foamy solid (40.8 mg, 90%). IR (neat, cm"1): 2934 (m), 1644 (s), 1591 (s), 1517 (m), 1454 (s), 1270 (s), 1113 (m). 1R NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.37 (IH, dd, J=4.6, 1.8 Hz), 7.75 (IH, dd, J=7.9, 1.5 Hz), 7.56-7.46 (5H, m), 7.16 (IH, dd, J=7.9, 4.8 Hz), 3.79 (3H, s). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) (two roramers) δ 167.0, 149.1, 148.0, 144.6, 143.8, 136.2, 130.9, 130.1, 129.5, 10 129.0, 128.4, 126.2, 126.2, 126.0, 124.6, 118.7, 117.3, 114.0, 113.7, 111.8, 111.4, 109.7, 109.3, 56.2, 47.3, 44.6, 43.9, 40.2, 30.0, 29.4, 28.4. HRMS (ESI): calc'd for C28H28N3O3 ([M+H]+) 454.2125. Found: 454.2116.
Example 5: Synthesis of KDR Kinase Inhibitor 15
Example 5: 3-(lH-Pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-2-yl)-lH-quinolin-2-one
Figure imgf000146_0001
The substrate (30 mg, 0.08 mmol), was dissolved in 3M aqueous HCl solution (2 mL) and heated to 80 °C for 13 h. The reaction was cooled to rt and basified to ~pH 9 by the
20 careful addition of solid K2CO3. The reaction was diluted with water then extracted using CHCl3 (6 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated then purified using chromatography eluting with 10 to 20% MeOH/EtOAc to give the product as a bright yellow solid (21 mg, 0.08 mmol, quantitative), mp: >290 °C. IR (neat, cm"1): 3256, 2355, 1667, 1157. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 12.29 (IH, s), 12.0 (IH, s), 8.89 (IH, s), 8.69
25 (IH, s), 8.09 (IH, d, J = 4.9 Hz), 7.77 (IH, d, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.57 (IH, tm, J1 = 8.3 Hz), 7.52 (IH, d, J= 5.3 Hz), 7.40 (IH, d, J= 8.1 Hz), 7.31 (IH, d, J= 0.9 Hz), 7.27 (IH, t, J = 7.3 Hz). 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO) δ 160.5, 138.0, 137.2, 136.5, 135.1, 133.5, 131.7, 130.9, 128.2, 122.5, 121.6, 119.2, 115.0, 114.2, 100.3, 100.3. HRMS (EI): calc'd for C16H11N3O ([M+H]+) 261.0902. Found: 261.0901.
30

Claims

1. A process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole moiety of formula (I) selected from the group of azaindole isomers consisting of: 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole,
Figure imgf000147_0001
(i)
wherein
R» is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
R2 comprises H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
the process comprising reacting an ortΛo-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (II) whereby the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (II):
Figure imgf000148_0001
(H)
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl and R2 and R3 are as defined above, except that R2 of formula (II) is not H,
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R», a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R»;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (I),
with the proviso that when R2 of formula (II) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield the compound of formula (I) wherein R2 is H.
2. A process for the preparation of a 2-substituted thienopyrrole moiety of formula (III) including two isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the thienopyrrole ring:
Figure imgf000148_0002
wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
R2 is H or alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
the process comprising reacting an ortλø-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (FV) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (IV):
Figure imgf000149_0001
(IV)
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl and R2 and R3 are as defined above, except that R2 of formula (IV) is not H:
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound of formula (III), with the proviso that when R2 of formula (IV) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield the compound of formula (III) wherein R2 is H.
3. A process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (V) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 5 -azaindole, 6- azaindole and 7-azaindole
Figure imgf000150_0001
(V)
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of formula (V); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
the process comprising reacting an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) whereby the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
Figure imgf000151_0001
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl, and
R2 and R3 are as defined above, except that R2 of formula (VI) is not H,
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative of Rj;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (V),
with the proviso that when R2 of formula (VI) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield the compound of formula (V) wherein R2 is H.
4. A process for the preparation of a 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound of formula (VII) selected from isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound
Figure imgf000152_0001
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Rj is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of formula (VII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 is H or alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein Rj is bonded to the 2-position of the thienopyrrole ring via a C-C bond;
the process comprising reacting an ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000153_0001
(VIII)
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl, and
R2 and R3 are as defined above, except that R2 of formula (VIII) is not H,
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative of R4;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted thienopyrrole compound of formula (VII),
with the proviso that when R2 of formula (VIII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield the compound of formula (VII) wherein R2 is H.
5. A process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole moiety of formula (IX) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5- azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole,
Figure imgf000153_0002
wherein
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
R2 comprises H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents;
the process comprising reacting an ort/20-ge/M-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (X) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (X):
Figure imgf000154_0001
(X)
wherein
Halo comprises Br or Cl, and R2 and R3 are as defined above, except that R2 of formula (X) is not H,
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester OfR4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4; in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (IX),
with the proviso that when R2 of formula (X) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield the compound of formula (IX) wherein R2 is H.
6. A process for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (XI) including azaindole isomers selected from the group consisting of: 4-azaindole, 5- azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole
Figure imgf000155_0001
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring of formula (XI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Rj is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
the process comprising reacting an ortho-gew-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XII):
Figure imgf000156_0001
wherein Ri, R2 and R3 are as defined above, except that R2 of formula (XII) is not H,
and Halo comprises bromo or chloro;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of Rj, a boronic acid of Rj, a boronic acid anhydride of Rj, a trialkylborane of Rj and a 9-BBN derivative of Rj;
in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the 2-substituted azaindole compound of formula (XI),
with the proviso that when R2 of formula (XII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield the compound of formula (XI) wherein R2 is H.
7. A process for the palladium-catalyzed tandem intramolecular C-N bond formation and intermolecular C-C bond formation between an oτtho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) whereby the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
Figure imgf000157_0001
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and
and Halo comprises chloro, or bromo;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid Of R4, a boronic acid anhydride Of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4, and wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2- position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole of formula (V) including the isomers: 5-azaindole, 6-azaindole and 7-azaindole
Figure imgf000158_0001
(V)
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R» are as defined above, except that R2 of formula (V) may also be H,
the process comprising reacting the ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) with the organoboron reagent in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to afford the tandem C-N and C-C bond formation between the ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) and the organoboron reagent to afford the 2-substituted azaindole of formula (V),
with the proviso that when R2 of formula (VI) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield the compound of formula (V) wherein R2 is H.
8. A process for the palladium-catalyzed tandem intramolecular C-N bond formation and intermolecular C-C bond formation between an or\ho-gem- dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000158_0002
wherein each of the one or more R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of formula (VIII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 is alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and
and Halo comprises chloro, or bromo;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of Rj, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative of Rt, and wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1 ° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2- position of the thienopyrrole ring via a C-C bond, for the preparation of a 2-substituted thienopyrrole of formula (VII) including isomeric forms wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VII):
Figure imgf000159_0001
(VII)
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above, except that R2 of formula (VII) may also be H, the process comprising reacting the ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) with the organoboron reagent in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to afford the tandem C-N and C-C bond formation between the ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) and the organoboron reagent to afford the 2-substituted thienopyrrole of formula (VII),
with the proviso that when R2 of formula (VIII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield the compound of formula (VII) wherein R2 is H.
9. A process for the palladium-catalyzed tandem intramolecular C-N bond formation and intermolecular C-C bond formation between an or\ho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) including isomers wherein the N-oxide occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XII):
Figure imgf000160_0001
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring of formula (XII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions, R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and
and Halo comprises chloro, or bromo;
with an organoboron reagent selected from the group consisting of a boronic ester of R4, a boronic acid of R4, a boronic acid anhydride of R4, a trialkylborane of R4 and a 9-BBN derivative OfR4, and wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2- position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond, for the preparation of a 2-substituted azaindole of formula (XI) comprising isomeric forms wherein the N-oxide occupies any one of the A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-positions in formula (XI):
Figure imgf000161_0001
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R4 are defined as above, except that R2 of formula (XI) may also be H,
the process comprising reacting the ortho-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) with the organoboron reagent in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to afford the tandem C-N and C-C bond formation between the oτiho-gem- dihalovinylaminopyridine N-oxide compound of formula (XII) and the organoboron reagent to afford the 2-substituted azaindole of formula (XI), with the proviso that when R2 of formula (XII) is benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), the Cbz group is partially or fully deprotected in situ to yield the compound of formula (XI) wherein R2 is H.
10. A process for the preparation of an ortho-gem-diha\ogen vinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
Figure imgf000162_0001
(VI)
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R3 is H, CF3, or alkynyl optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, R2 is H and Halo is bromo, said process comprising the steps of:
(a) reacting a nitropyridinecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIV) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XIV):
Figure imgf000162_0002
wherein Ri is as defined above, and R3 is as defined above, with CBr4 and PPh3 under conditions effective to generate in situ the ørt/*o-gem-dihalovinyl compound of formula (XV)
Figure imgf000163_0001
(XV)
wherein Ri is as defined above, R3 is as defined above, and Halo is bromo and the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the pyridine ring marked by an asterisk in formula (XV); and
(b) reducing the compound of formula (XV) under conditions effective to reduce the nitro group of the compound of formula (XV) without affecting the functional groups present in the compound, to afford the compound of formula (VI).
11. A process for the preparation of an
Figure imgf000163_0002
vinylaminopyridine compound of formula (XVI), wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked with an asterisk in formula (XVI):
Figure imgf000163_0003
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (XVI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R3 is H, CF3 or alkynyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents; R2 is H, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, aryl or aryl-lower alkyl-; R5 is H, alkyl or alkoxycarbonyl, with the proviso that both R2 and R5 are not H; and Halo is bromo, said process comprising the steps of:
reacting an aminopyridinecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XVII) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked with an asterisk in formula (XVII):
Figure imgf000164_0001
(XVII)
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R5 are as defined above, with CBr4 and PPh3 under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortho-gem-dihalovinyl compound of formula (XVI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the pyridine ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVI):
Figure imgf000164_0002
(XVI)
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R5 are as defined above, and Halo is bromo.
12. A process for the preparation of an ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the thiophene ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000165_0001
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of Formula (VIII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R3 is H, CF3, or alkynyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents; R2 is alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo is bromo, said process comprising the steps of:
reacting a aminothiophenecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIX) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the thiophene ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XIX):
Figure imgf000165_0002
wherein Ri, R2, and R3 are as defined above, with CBr4 and PPh3 under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortλo-gem-dihalovinyl compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000166_0001
(VIII)
wherein Ri, R2, and R3 are as defined above, and Halo is bromo.
13. A process for the preparation of an ort/20-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (XVI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVI):
Figure imgf000166_0002
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (XVI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R2 is H, alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents; R5 is H, alkyl, aryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents, with the proviso that both R2 and R5 are not H; and R3 is H, alkyl or alkynyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo is chloro, said process comprising the steps of: reacting a pyridinecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XVII) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVII):
Figure imgf000167_0001
(XVII)
wherein Ri, R2, R3 and R5 are as defined above, with 2 or more equivalents of CHCl3 and PPh3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu, wherein said equivalents are relative to formula (XVII), under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortho-gem- dichlorovinyl compound of formula (XVI), wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XVI):
Figure imgf000167_0002
(XVI)
wherein Rj, R2, R3 and R5 are as defined above and Halo is chloro.
14. A process for the preparation of an ort/zo-gerø-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound of formula (VIII) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the thiophene ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000168_0001
wherein each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O- lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Ri is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring of Formula (VIII); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R2 is alkoxycarbonyl optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and R3 is H, alkyl, or alkynyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo is chloro, said process comprising the steps of:
reacting an aminothiophenecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIX) wherein the sulphur occupies any one of the positions in the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XIX):
Figure imgf000168_0002
wherein Ri, R2, and R3 are as defined above, with 2 or more equivalents of CHCl3 and PPh3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu, wherein said equivalents are relative to formula (XIX), under conditions effective to generate in situ the ortho-gem- dichlorovinyl compound of formula (VIII).
15. A novel ort/*o-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound or a salt thereof selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000169_0001
16. A novel ort/*o-gem-dihalovinylaminothiophene compound or a salt thereof selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000169_0002
17. A process for the preparation of N-arylaminopyridine compounds of formula (VI) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions in the pyridine ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
Figure imgf000170_0001
wherein Halo comprises Br or Cl; R2 comprises aryl which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents; and each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; said process comprising the steps of:
reacting a compound of formula (XIII) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions marked by an asterisk in formula (XIII):
Figure imgf000170_0002
wherein Halo, Ri, R3 are as defined above, with an organoboron reagent comprising a boronic acid, boronic acid anhydride or BF3 " salt of R2, wherein R2 is as defined above, in the presence of at least about 1.5 equivalent of a copper (II) catalyst relative to the compound of formula (VI), at least about 0.3 equivalents of a Cg-C20 fatty acid relative to the compound of formula (VI), molecular oxygen, and a non-nucleophilic base, at a reaction temperature of between about 40 0C and 60 0C, under conditions effective to form a C-N bond between formula (VI) and the R2 group of the organoboron reagent, to afford the N-arylaniline compounds of formula (VI).
18. A process for the deprotection of the N-alkoxycarbonyl azaindoles of formula (V) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the pyridine ring marked by an asterisk in formula (V):
Figure imgf000171_0001
(V)
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and wherein R4 is bonded to the 2-position of the azaindole ring via a C-C bond;
the process comprising treating a compound of formula (V) with an acid to form the N-H azaindole wherein R2 is H and Rj, R3 and R4 are as defined above for compound (V).
19. A process for the deprotection of the N-alkoxycarbonyl thienopyrrole compounds of formula (VII) where the sulphur occupies the 4 or 6 position of the aromatic ring:
Figure imgf000172_0001
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or Rj is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the thiophene ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises alkoxycarbonyl, which is optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
R3 comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
the process comprising treating a compound of formula (VII) with a base to form the N- H thienopyrrole wherein R2 is H and Ri, R3 and R4 are as defined above for compound (VII).
20. The process for the removal of the N-oxide from a compound of formula (XI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7- positions in formula (XI):
Figure imgf000173_0001
wherein
each of the one or more Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine N-oxide ring; all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions,
R2 comprises H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents Ra comprises H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl-lower alkyl-, or heteroaryl-lower alkyl-, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents, and
R4 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, 1° alkyl, and alkenyl, all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with one or more suitable substituents,
the process comprising treating the N-oxide of formula (XI) with a reducing agent to form the reduced compound of formula (V) wherein Rj, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above for compound (XI) and wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the A-, 5-, 6-, or 7- positions in formula (V).
Figure imgf000174_0001
(V)
21. A process for the preparation of the Smad3 inhibitor SIS3 of formula (XX):
Figure imgf000174_0002
the process consisting of a Heck coupling reaction between the 3-iodoazaindole of formula (XXI) and the acrylamide of formula (XXII) in the presence of a palladium metal pre-catalyst, base and ligand:
Figure imgf000175_0001
22. A process for the preparation of the azaindole of formula (XXIII):
Figure imgf000175_0002
wherein R2 is alkyl and R4 is aryl or alkenyl, the process comprising reacting a gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine of formula (XXIV):
Figure imgf000175_0003
where R2 is as defined above and Halo comprises of Br or Cl, with a boronic acid of the formula (HO)2B-aryl or (HO)2B-alkenyl, in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the azaindole compound.
23. A process for the preparation of the azaindole of formula (XXV):
Figure imgf000175_0004
where R2 comprises alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, aryl-lower alkyl-, aryl, heteroaryl- lower alkyl- or alkoxycarbonyl all of which are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions, and R6 comprises lower alkyl; the process comprising reacting the gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine of formula
(XXVI):
Figure imgf000176_0001
(XXVI) where R2 is as defined above, and Halo comprises Br or Cl, with a boronic acid of formula (XXVII):
Figure imgf000176_0002
(XXVII) where R^ is as defined above, in the presence of a base, a palladium metal pre-catalyst and a ligand under reaction conditions effective to form the azaindole of formula (XXV).
24. A process for the preparation of an ørt/zø-gem-dihalovinylaminopyridine compound of formula (VI) wherein the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (VI):
Figure imgf000176_0003
(VI)
wherein each of the one or more Ri substituents is independently selected from the group consisting of H, fluoro, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, aryloxy, lower haloalkyl, -C(O)O-lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R1 is an alkenyl group bonded so to as to form a 4- to 20-membered fused monocycle or polycyclic ring with the pyridine ring of Formula (VI); all of which are optionally substituted with one or more suitable substituents at one or more substitutable positions; R2 is H, R3 is H, alkyl, or alkynyl optionally substituted at one or more positions with one or more suitable substituents, and Halo comprises chloro, said process comprising the steps of: (a) reacting a nitropyridinecarboxaldehyde or ketone compound of formula (XIV) where the nitrogen occupies any one of the positions of the aromatic ring that are marked by an asterisk in formula (XIV)
Figure imgf000177_0001
wherein R1 and R3 are as defined above for formula (VI), with 2 or more equivalents of CHCl3 and PPh3 in the presence of 2 or more equivalents of KO'Bu under conditions effective to generate in situ the ort/zo-gem-dichlorovinyl compound of formula (XV)
Figure imgf000177_0002
wherein Ri, R3 and Halo are as defined above; and (b) reducing the compound of formula (XV) under conditions effective to reduce the nitro group of the compound of formula (XV), without affecting the functional groups present in the compound, to afford the compound of formula (VI).
PCT/CA2007/001499 2006-08-25 2007-08-24 2-substituted azain doles and 2 substituted thienopyrroles, their precursors and novel processes for the preparation thereof WO2008022467A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US84000206P 2006-08-25 2006-08-25
US60/840,002 2006-08-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008022467A1 true WO2008022467A1 (en) 2008-02-28

Family

ID=39106455

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CA2007/001499 WO2008022467A1 (en) 2006-08-25 2007-08-24 2-substituted azain doles and 2 substituted thienopyrroles, their precursors and novel processes for the preparation thereof

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2008022467A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011006066A1 (en) * 2009-07-10 2011-01-13 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cb receptor agonists
EP2338890A1 (en) 2009-12-22 2011-06-29 Bayer CropScience AG 4,7-Diazaindole derivatives and their use as fungicides
WO2014063659A1 (en) 2012-10-26 2014-05-01 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Treatment of cancer using a smad3 inhibitor
CN108619149A (en) * 2018-05-30 2018-10-09 同济大学 Applications of the SIS3 in that modulates fibrosis relevant disease
CN111606904A (en) * 2020-04-07 2020-09-01 广州医科大学 Azaindole compound and application thereof
CN113861949A (en) * 2021-10-12 2021-12-31 浙江巨化技术中心有限公司 Heat transfer composition, application thereof and immersion cooling system
WO2022240966A1 (en) * 2021-05-11 2022-11-17 Opna Immuno-Oncology Sa Compounds and methods for yap/tead modulation and indications therefor

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006047888A1 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-05-11 Mark Lautens 2-substituted indoles, their precursors and novel processes for the preparation thereof

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006047888A1 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-05-11 Mark Lautens 2-substituted indoles, their precursors and novel processes for the preparation thereof

Non-Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
FANG ET AL.: "A General Modulator Method of Azaindole and Thienopyrrole Synthesis via Pd-Catalyzed Tandem Couplings of gem-Dichloroolefins", J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 72, 2007, pages 5152 - 5160 *
FANG ET AL.: "Efficient Syntheses of KDR Kinase Inhibitors Using a Pd-Catalyzed Tandem C-N/Suzuki Coupling as the Key Step", J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 72, 2007, pages 1341 - 1346 *
FANG ET AL.: "Pd-Catalyzed Tandem C-N/C-C Coupling of gem-Dihalovinyl Systems: A Modular Synthesis of 2-Substituted Indoles", ORG. LETT., vol. 7, no. 16, 2005, pages 3549 - 3552, XP003017525, DOI: doi:10.1021/ol051286l *
HARCKEN ET AL.: "A General and Efficient Synthesis of Azaindoles and Diazaindoles", SYNLETT., vol. 20, 2005, pages 3121 - 3125, XP002499343, DOI: doi:10.1055/s-005-922753 *
ONTORIA ET AL.: "Identification of thieno[3,2-b]pyrroles as allosteric inhibitors of hepatitis C virus NS5B polymerase", BIOORG. MED. CHEM., vol. 16, 2006, pages 4026 - 4030, XP025107122, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.bmcl.2006.05.012 *
SRINIVASAN ET AL.: "A New Synthesis of 5-Arylthieno[2,3-b]pyrroles and 5-arylthieno[3,2-b]pyrroles", SYNTHESIS, vol. 5, 1973, pages 313 - 315 *
THIELGES ET AL.: "New synthesis of benzo[b]furan and indole derivatives from 1,1-dibromo-1-alkenes using a tandem Pd-assisted cyclization-coupling reaction", TET. LETT., vol. 45, 2004, pages 907 - 910, XP004483287, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2003.11.118 *

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011006066A1 (en) * 2009-07-10 2011-01-13 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cb receptor agonists
EP2338890A1 (en) 2009-12-22 2011-06-29 Bayer CropScience AG 4,7-Diazaindole derivatives and their use as fungicides
WO2014063659A1 (en) 2012-10-26 2014-05-01 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Treatment of cancer using a smad3 inhibitor
EP2911661A4 (en) * 2012-10-26 2016-07-20 Univ Hong Kong Chinese Treatment of cancer using a smad3 inhibitor
EP3320906A1 (en) * 2012-10-26 2018-05-16 The Chinese University of Hong Kong Treatment of melanoma and lung carcinoma using a smad3 inhibitor
US11666565B2 (en) 2012-10-26 2023-06-06 The Chinese Universitv of Hong Kong Treatment of cancer using a SMAD3 inhibitor
CN108619149A (en) * 2018-05-30 2018-10-09 同济大学 Applications of the SIS3 in that modulates fibrosis relevant disease
CN111606904A (en) * 2020-04-07 2020-09-01 广州医科大学 Azaindole compound and application thereof
CN111606904B (en) * 2020-04-07 2021-10-15 广州医科大学 Azaindole compound and application thereof
WO2022240966A1 (en) * 2021-05-11 2022-11-17 Opna Immuno-Oncology Sa Compounds and methods for yap/tead modulation and indications therefor
CN113861949A (en) * 2021-10-12 2021-12-31 浙江巨化技术中心有限公司 Heat transfer composition, application thereof and immersion cooling system
CN113861949B (en) * 2021-10-12 2023-08-15 浙江巨化技术中心有限公司 Heat transfer composition, application thereof and immersed cooling system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2008022467A1 (en) 2-substituted azain doles and 2 substituted thienopyrroles, their precursors and novel processes for the preparation thereof
Sonawane et al. Synthesis of thieno [2, 3-b] quinoline and selenopheno [2, 3-b] quinoline derivatives via iodocyclization reaction and a DFT mechanistic study
Koubachi et al. Intramolecular arylation reactions: first efficient synthesis of novel fused pyridoimidazoquinolinones or pyridoimidazoazepinones libraries
Zhang et al. Silver-catalyzed intramolecular hydroamination of alkynes in aqueous media: Efficient and regioselective synthesis for fused benzimidazoles
Rys et al. First total synthesis of fumaridine
Nandwana et al. Copper-catalyzed tandem Ullmann type C–N coupling and dehydrative cyclization: synthesis of imidazo [1, 2-c] quinazolines
Kamlah et al. A new approach to 1-substituted β-carbolines and isoquinolines utilizing tributyl [(Z)-2-ethoxyvinyl] stannane as a C-3, C-4 building block
Borah et al. Ir (iii)-Catalyzed [4+ 2] cyclization of azobenzene and diazotized Meldrum's acid for the synthesis of cinnolin-3 (2 H)-one
Hibino et al. A new route to the pyridine nucleus fused to some heterocycles
Plodek et al. Synthesis of the Azaoxoaporphine Alkaloid Sampangine and Ascididemin‐Type Pyridoacridines through TMPMgCl· LiCl‐Mediated Ring Closure
Kakehi et al. Thermolysis and photolysis of various N-imidoyliminopyridinium ylides
Ponce et al. Synthesis of thieno [2, 3-h]-/[3, 2-h] quinolines and thieno [2, 3-f] quinolines by Brønsted acid mediated cycloisomerisation
Recnik et al. Selective sequential cross-coupling reactions on imidazole towards neurodazine and analogues
Moghaddam et al. The stereoselective synthesis of tetrahydrothiopyrano [2, 3-b] indole skeletons via tandem reaction of indoline-2-thiones to Baylis–Hillman adduct acetates
Shinde et al. Silica sodium carbonate: the most efficient catalyst for the one-pot synthesis of indeno [1, 2-b] quinoline and spiro [chromene-4, 3′-indoline]-3-carbonitriles under solvent-free condition
Yum et al. Synthesis of pyrrolo-heterocycles via Pd-loaded zeolite catalyzed annulation of o-haloaromatic amine with terminal alkynes
Varala et al. Zinc montmorillonite as a reusable heterogeneous catalyst for the synthesis of 2, 3-dihydro-1H-1, 5-benzodiazepine derivatives
Tang et al. Synthesis of 8-Bromo-7-chloro [1, 2, 4] triazolo [4, 3-c] pyrimidines, Their Ring Rearrangement to [1, 5-c] Analogues, and Further Diversification
Bjoerk et al. Synthesis of novel 2‐aminoimidazo [4, 5‐b] pyridines, including the thieno analogue of the cooked‐food mutagen IFP
CN107814757A (en) A kind of method for synthesizing polysubstituted pyrrole derivative
Shaikh et al. Synthesis and antimicrobial activities of some new 2, 3-dihydro-1, 5-benzodiazepine derivatives
Papamicaël et al. SOMIE APPLICATIONS OF THE REGIOSELECTIVE LITHIATION OF ov-CARBOLINES
Cerezo et al. Synthesis of 5-arylhistidines via a Suzuki–Miyaura cross-coupling
Ramesh et al. Copper-catalyzed hydroarylation of alkynes for the synthesis of Fascaplysin, Rutacarpine and Granulatimide analogues
Ojea et al. Synthesis of new heterotricyclic compounds containing the [1, 8] naphthyridine group by thermal isomerization of 2-dialkylamino-3-vinylpyridines

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07800525

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: RU

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07800525

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1